Version 2.3.11
Release Date 11/11/21
API
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Posting: Transient errors are now retried before communicating a failure.
Intacct
UPDATED: Invoice Export: Invoice date now equal to Post Date instead of Created On Date.
UPDATED: Bill export: Bill date now equal to Post Date instead of Created On Date.
Channel Advisor
UPDATED: Return Import: Removed top level filter for pending statuses and now set pending statuses to retry importing at a later point.
UPDATED: Order Import: Add additional checks to ensure that an order does not exist within the system before importing.
Version 2.3.10-Hotfix.1
Release Date 10/22/21
API
UPDATED: Sales Documents: Posting: No longer sending requests to tax integrations if a Return's parent is still in an imported state.
Channel Advisor
ADDED: Integration Page: Added screen for viewing errored order junctions.
UPDATED: Order Imports: Added better error handling support when forwarding documents.
UPDATED: Order Imports: Batch forward in sets of '50' when forwarding documents after importing.
Intacct
UPDATED: Invoice Export: Remove setting 'NoGL'.
Version 2.3.10
Release Date 8/25/21
API Service
FIXED: Purchase Orders: Copy: Fixed issue where the option to copy only non-received lines would not be prompted on closed purchase orders.
Channel Advisor
UPDATED: Integration Pages: Reduced redundant error messaging.
UPDATED: Item Export: Items should more reliably retry exporting.
Intacct
ADDED: Item Mappings: Added search button to filter item mappings by item number.
FIXED: Sales Transaction Type: Fixed column sorting on Sales Transaction Type to Intacct Class grid.
Integrations
UPDATED: Shipstation: Format bins fulfillment quantity when appending to warehouse location
Version 2.3.9
Release Date 8/5/21
API Service
UPDATED: OpenApi: Purchase Transactions: Readall endpoints now support loading user-defined data.
UPDATED: OpenApi: Vendor Transactions: Readall endpoints now support loading user-defined data.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Copy: Added prompt for the user to only copy non-received purchase order lines.
Channel Advisor
FIXED: Tracking Info Export: Duplicate item mappings should no longer affect tracking exports.
UPDATED: Item Export: Separated out failed item exports into its own process.
UPDATED: Item Exports: Fixed issue where UDFs were being detected as always being changed.
Intacct
ADDED: Mapping Screen: Added mapping for Sales Type to Intacct Class.
FIXED: Invoice Export: Fixed issue where an Intacct invoice gets into a partially exported state, causing it to fail if a payment had been updated in the external system.
Integrator
FIXED: Order Cancelations: Cancellations are more reliably recorded.
UPDATED: Integrations: Shipstation: Added a setting to append all bins to WarehouseLocation when sending order information.
UPDATED: Order Returns: Void orders if returned document is not posted & return is for the entire document.
Version 2.3.6
Release Date 7/12/21
Channel Advisor
ADDED: Inventory Export: Items now attempt to export when inventory is updated.
Intacct
UPDATED: Bill Export: Added check to make sure "Purchasing Shipping Account" & "Purchasing Discount Account" are set before using them to set accounts.
UPDATED: Payment Processing: Improved payment error message handling to be more specific when payment is not in an actionable state.
UPDATED: Payments: Fixed issue where failed payments were not being properly processed due to the model not being configured to handle partially completed states.
Version 2.3.5
Release Date 6/22/21
API Service
UPDATED: Data Imports: Larger data imports will now commit smaller chunks (~50/time).
UPDATED: Data Imports: Validation has been optimized for both small and large payloads.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Error handling has been improved to provide a user-readable message and trace id for support, if desired, when certain errors come up while processing sales documents.
Channel Advisor
ADDED: Settings: Added a setting to assign a fallback Batch to Sales Documents when lines can not be fully fulfilled from a single warehouse.
ADDED: Settings: Added default shipping item setting.
ADDED: Settings: Added default tax item setting.
UPDATED: Connection: Disconnecting from the Channel Advisor integration now fully disconnects from Channel Advisor and allows reauthorization.
UPDATED: Line Return: When importing line level returns we now use default tax & shipping items if set.
UPDATED: Order Import: When importing channel advisor order we now use default tax & shipping items if set.
Intacct
UPDATED: Location Handling: Now filtering out inactive locations when selecting which location to use.
UPDATED: Payment Conversion: Undefined payment types are now processed as cash payments in Intacct.
UPDATED: Sales Line Audit: Added audit for when a lines location is changed.
Version 2.3.2
Release Date 3/29/21
API Service
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Line Items: User data is properly loaded for line deletion.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transferring now correctly includes sales line UDFs.
Channel Advisor
UPDATED: Integrations: Channel Advisor: Inventory runtime has been optimized.
Web
ADDED: Receipt Entry: Grid can now be sorted by item number.
Version 2.3.1
Release Date 3/14/21
API Service
BREAKING: Aging: Customer and sales document aging is now only calculated once nightly at 1am UTC.
FIXED: Integrations: Intacct: Invoices with a cost but no price will export GL Transactions to Intacct.
FIXED: Posting: The posting status check is more reliable, resulting in more correctly posting documents.
Channel Advisor
ADDED: Integration: Channel Advisor: Added a setting to set a fallback warehouse.
UPDATED: Integration: Channel Advisor: Lines imported from Channel Advisor will now fulfill against the fallback warehouse, if set, instead of splitting across multiple warehouses.
Avalara
UPDATED: Integration: Avalara: Address Validation is now logged to the Integration history.
UPDATED: Integration: Avalara: Address Validation no longer audits as "Not Coded" when a specific address cannot be located.
POS
FIXED: POS: Pin Entry: The app will no longer get stuck on the pin entry page.
Web
FIXED: Integrations: Google Drive: Resource Grids now scroll when the content of the grids is larger than the grids.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Country Name is now normalized when validating addresses for shipping.
Version 2.3.0
Release Date 2/23/21
API Service
FIXED: Customer: Update Contact Usages will no longer duplicate contacts across different customers.
FIXED: Data Imports: Previously imported Vendors can now be updated with Contact information imports.
UPDATED: Avalara: Address Validation on the Sales Document now audits to the Sales Document Audits.
Auth Service
FIXED: Manage Organization: Changing Security Group on a user now processes correctly.
Open API
ADDED: Open API: There is now an endpoint for retrieving InventoryStock.
Web
FIXED: Audits: Message text now wraps when displayed in a drawer.
FIXED: Inventory Transaction Entry: The Item Variants Matrix trowser on Inventory Adjustments now scrolls when there are more variant options than can be displayed on the screen.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Repricing Sales Line Line Items will now retrieve the price from the line's Item Master.
UPDATED: BREAKING: Sales Document Search: The "Hide Historical Documents" checkbox no longer filters out posted documents.
UPDATED: Monitors: Monitors no longer update when they are collapsed.
UPDATED: Sales Document Search: The 'hide' settings are now on by default.
Version 2.2.27-Hotfix.21
Release Date 1/18/21
ADDED: Integrations: Shopify: Setting support for forwarding initially imported documents.
Version 2.2.27-Hotfix.17
Release Date 1/12/21
Integrations
ADDED: Integrations: ShipStation: Pre Request Script under Shipping Settings to control additional data desired to be sent over to ShipStation.
ADDED: Integration: ShipStation: Two new settings have been added around automatically forwarding documents when they are shipped or canceled out of ShipStation.
UPDATED: Integration: Shopify: Settings: 'Location Mapping' is now respected when synchronizing inventory quantities.
FIXED: Integration: Avalara: Posting an invoice while integrated with Intacct will now stop the Invoice from posting if the document fails to calculate tax.
Version 2.2.27
Release Date 1/10/21
API
ADDED: Dynamic Grid Report: Added 'PurchaseReceiptByPostDate' report.
ADDED: Item Card Entry: Variant parent and variant options on variant sets can now be configured from the item card.
ADDED: Setup: Entity Number: Users now have the ability to configure Entity Numbering specifications for Customers and Vendors.
FIXED: Data Imports: Can now update UDF's to have null/no value.
FIXED: Integrations: PayFabric: Previously taken payments that didn't import now attempt to synchronize.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Voiding a Purchase Order will now properly redirect the user back to the Purchase Order Search screen.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Deselecting 'Use Billing Contact' now properly splits the contact.
UPDATED: Reports: Historical Inventory Stock Status: Cost adjustments that effected historical fulfillments that spread across multiple inventories now report those cost adjustments more accurately.
Integrations
FIXED: Integrations: QuickBooks Online: Added safeguards to ensure that newly added posted documents are also set to historical.
Web
FIXED: App-wide: Line Entry: Number pad 'Enter' is now supported as a 'start entry' key.
FIXED: Item Card: Setting an item inactive that should not be inactive now shows an error.
Version 2.2.25-Hotfix.3
Release Date 12/16/20
API
ADDED: Setup: Payment Methods: New payment type "Record Transfer".
Integrations
FIXED: Integrations: Shopify: Non-SKU, non-item number matching during imports will now properly check UPC before creating new items.
Intacct
FIXED: Intacct Import: Custom field data is successfully setup when importing customers and vendors from Intacct.
Version 2.2.25-Hotfix
Release Date 12/9/20
API
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Due date can now be manually set on the sales document head.
Version 2.2.25
Release Date 12/9/20
API
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Documents that are immediately posted after transfer, either by Workflow or by manual posting, no longer duplicate tax line details.
Intacct
ADDED: Intacct: Settings: Added a setting for 'Dropship Inventory Account'. Intacct: Assembly Transaction Post: Differing From and To locations are now handled correctly. nothing.
UPDATED: Intacct: Sales Document Post: Now uses 'Dropship Inventory Account'.
UPDATED: Intacct: Vendor Invoice Post: Now uses 'Dropship Inventory Account'.
Web
ADDED: Setting: Use_Location_Address_On_Returns_And_Refunds: Controls whether or not location address information is used as the default shipping contact for Returns (defaults to On).
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: "Use Billing Contact" can now be toggled on Returns and Refunds.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Line Entry: Using the auto filter row on the item picker for UDFs now filters as expected.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: Vendor Number now links to the Vendor Card.
UPDATED: Receipt Entry: Vendor Number now links to the Vendor Card.
UPDATED: Sales Document Card: Customer Number now appears as a link to the Customer Card.
UPDATED: Vendor Invoice Entry: Vendor Name now links to the Vendor Card.
Version 2.2.24
Release Date 12/2/20
API Service
ADDED: Inventory: Inventory records will now have Inventory Details that keep track of individual costs (such as Spread Freight or Spread Discount).
FIXED: PayFabric: Payments no longer disappear when sales documents are posted.
Intacct
ADDED: Intacct: Changes made to Customers in either SPC or Intacct will be synchronized with the other system.
ADDED: Intacct: Changes made to Items in either SPC or Intacct will be synchronized with the other system.
ADDED: Intacct: Changes made to Vendors in either SPC or Intacct will be synchronized with the other system.
FIXED: Intacct: Purchase Receipt: Work Orders now affect accounts correctly.
FIXED: Intacct: Return Exports: Returns without payments are now handled correctly. nothing.
Web
ADDED: Stock Count Entry: Added an 'Add All Items by ABC Code' option to stock counts.
ADDED: Stock Count Entry: Added an 'Add All Items by Primary Vendor' option to stock counts.
Version 2.2.23
Release Date 11/11/20
Intacct
UPDATED: Intacct: Several integration page grids are now sortable and load faster.
Integrator
ADDED: Integrations: Zapier: New configuration (1.1.0) that better supports entity sub collections (like contacts on customers).
UPDATED: Integration: QBO: Non-US companies without line-level taxes enabled will now have Invoices and Receipts export to QuickBooks with taxes distributed at the header level instead of the line level.
Web
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Emailing: Email popups are now properly hidden after selection.
Version 2.2.22
Release Date 10/28/20
API Service
ADDED: Setup: Security for Dynamic Grid Reports.
FIXED: Payments: Manually setting the Payment Date on a Payment is now respected.
FIXED: Sales Analysis: Grouping columns that had potentially empty values (i.e., Item Class) now group properly regardless of values.
Intacct
FIXED: Intacct: Customer Export: Shipping Contact in Cloud is now properly mapped to the Shipping Contact in Intacct.
UPDATED: Connection: When trying to enable exporting in a multi-entity company, it will only be set if the company also has a default entity set.
UPDATED: Inventory Transaction Export: The Inventory Transaction Number is now displayed before the Item Number on the Memo.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: If a sales document contains deposits, the 'Void' button now has a tooltip explaining why it is disabled.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Sales document 'Void' button is now disabled when there are deposits on the document.
Integrator
FIXED: Integration: QBO: Sales documents now validate unicode characters in emails before exporting.
UPDATED: Integration Pages: Now admin users can access integration pages as well.
UPDATED: Integrations: Shopify: Default Receipt Type can now be set to other document types.
Open API
FIXED: Setup: Sales Document Type: QBO-specific Sale Types no longer appear on the setup screen.
Web
ADDED: Inventory Search: Data Imports: Support for variants & children.
FIXED: Setup: During Item Class creation, the 'Save and New' button will function properly.
Version 2.2.21
Release Date 10/14/2020
API Service
FIXED: Customer Card: AR Tab: Instantly updates when sales documents are posted.
FIXED: Item Card: Items can now be marked "Inactive" after they have been dropshipped.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Splitting: Estimates transferred to orders no longer cause lost affiliated data (tracking numbers, UDFs, etc) during subsequent transfers.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Splitting: Tracking numbers now move with affiliated lines to split documents.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transfer: Tracking numbers now move with affiliated lines to transfer documents.
FIXED: Work Order Entry: Pre-assembled bundle components now pull the correct cost.
UPDATED: Customer Interactions Report: Added "Created On" and "End Date" to Customer Interactions Report.
UPDATED: Customer Interactions Report: Added 'By Created On' parameter that toggles between using the "End Date" and "Created On" date to generate the report.
UPDATED: Sales Analysis: Now includes Returns and Refunds.
UPDATED: Setup: User Data Definitions: Can now support options up to 3000 characters in total length.
Intacct
FIXED: Customer Card: AR Tab: Open AR Transactions now only include correct payments.
FIXED: Intacct: Inventory Transaction Out: Inventory transactions correctly affect the General Ledger again.
FIXED: Intacct: Inventory Transfer: Credit and debit accounts now target correct locations.
FIXED: Intacct: Returns now synchronize properly.
UPDATED: Intacct Multi-Entity Support: On export, Vendors and Customers will now set their entity restriction to the default entity setting if it has a value.
UPDATED: Intacct Multi-Entity Support: When importing Vendors and Customers from Intacct they are filtered by the default company setting value.
UPDATED: Intacct Settings: Intacct default entity setting is now disabled when there is only one entity.
UPDATED: Intacct: The default displayed item field mappings are now "ItemId", "ItemName", and "ItemType".
Integrator
FIXED: Integrations: QBO: Invoices and Returns with non-inventory lines (with tax details) will now correctly export journal entries to balance appropriate tax agency accounts. Documents that didn't export correctly in the past are being communicated to affected clients via direct messaging (with that said, if you do not hear from us on this you are all set).
Sellbrite
FIXED: Sellbrite: Adding & updating Warehouses now work properly
Version 2.2.20-Hotfix.8
Release Date 10/6/2020
API Service
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transfer: Tracking numbers now move with affiliated lines to transfer documents.
Version 2.2.20-Hotfix.7
Release Date 10/6/2020
Intacct
UPDATED: Intacct: Item Export: Valuation Method is no longer set on exported items.
UPDATED: Intacct: Item Export: Serial/lot tracking status is no longer set on exported items.
Head here for more details on release highlights, including some examples of how new functionality can be used.
Version 2.2.20-Hotfix.5
Release Date 9/29/2020
Integrations
UPDATED: Integrations: Shopify: The 'live' setting has been split into live imports & exports. Import-only 'live' will only additionally import sales documents.
Version 2.2.20
Release Date 9/28/2020
API Service
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: Posting an arbitrary return will now properly create a credit toward the customer for the full amount of the posted return.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: When creating a return from a previously paid invoice, posting the associated return will now create a credit toward the customer for the full amount of the posted return.
Intacct
ADDED: Integration: Intacct: Item Exports: Added support for setting product line id on Intacct item exports.
FIXED: Integration: Intacct: Assembly Transaction Exports: Fixed issue where lines for Assembly Transactions were incorrectly crediting and debiting the wrong accounts.
FIXED: Integration: Intacct: Assembly Transaction Exports: Fixed issue where the base item for the assembly transaction was not generating any lines when exporting to Intacct.
FIXED: Integration: Intacct: Deleted mappings now prevent exports.
FIXED: Integration: Intacct: Vendor Invoice Exports: Fixed issue where Cost Adjustment was not being properly populated on vendor invoice exports causing it to not export to Intacct.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: Fixed issue where errors were not properly being displayed to the user when creating or deleting payments.
UPDATED: Integration: Intacct: Assembly Transaction Exports: Changed GL transaction to no longer ignore non-inventory lines when generating lines to export.
UPDATED: Integration: Intacct: Purchase Receipt Export: Added support for setting Vendor ID on General Ledger Transactions when exporting purchase receipts to Intacct.
Open API
UPDATED: Open API: /item/{id}/inventoryAvailable now includes `Received On` for the returned inventory.
Version 2.2.19
Release Date 9/2/2020
API Service
ADDED: Avalara Tax Calculation: Skip Avalara tax calculation when the document is in an imported state unless the user specifically triggers tax calculation.
ADDED: Sales Document Card: Added an alert that shows when a document is imported.
ADDED: Sales Document: Added an 'Imported' flag to the Sales Document model.
FIXED: Document Splitting Workflows: When documents are forwarded and split based on backorder rules, and there are applied UDFs, they no longer split into too many documents.
FIXED: Posting Sales Document: Errors that are encountered posting to the database now get displayed to the user.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Returns: Posting a return with an already existing serial lot fulfillment number will no longer result in an error.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: Purchase Order Lines now pull the item description in from the vendor item description, then user description, then item master description.
Auth Service
UPDATED: Create Company: Background colors updated.
UPDATED: Create Organization: Background colors updated.
Intacct
ADDED: Intacct Settings: Added 'Customer Payment Processing' setting
ADDED: Intacct: Invoice Export: Added support for sending over contact information separate from base customer contact.
ADDED: Intacct: Returns Export: Added support for sending over contact information separate from base customer contact.
FIXED: Intacct Payment Exports: Fixed issue where payment applications were not being properly mapped when exported.
FIXED: Intacct Sales Transaction Post: Fixed issue where customer name was not being populated on payments.
UPDATED: Intacct Payment Exports: Added conditional check based on 'Customer Payment Processing' that decides which account will be targeted when exporting payments to Intacct.
Version 2.2.18
Release Date 8/20/2020
API Service
ADDED: Intacct: AR Invoice Export: Apply existing deposits to AR when exporting.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Deposits: Export sales deposits to Intacct.
FIXED: Customer Card: Payments Tab: Fixed an issue that caused the Payments tab to occasionally appear blank.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Posting: Posting a document with inactive tax codes now shows a 'failure to post' message (previously, it would fail to post but show that it succeeded).
Auth Service
FIXED: Auth: When accessing SalesPad through an OpenAPI Integration, the consent page will now render properly.
Intacct
UPDATED: Item Export: Always export items to Intacct as Non-Inventory.
UPDATED: Payments & Deposits: Payments and deposits now synchronize with Intacct immediately upon creation.
Integrator
FIXED: QuickBooks Integration: Adjustments containing only $0.00 cost line items will no longer be exported.
Web
FIXED: Customer Card; Payments Tab: Payment Type and Payment Method are now displayed while editing.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When creating a return/refund document, the shipping address will now default to the warehouse associated with the original sale.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: "Use Billing Contact" can no longer be toggled for return/refund documents.
Version 2.2.17
Release Date 8/5/2020
API Service
ADDED: Receipt Entry: Landed Cost: Landed Cost linked to a Vendor Invoice will now keep track of the warehouse that the inventory was received into.
FIXED: Intacct: Exporting a Vendor Invoice with Landed Costs will now export to the correct warehouse.
FIXED: PayLink: Fixed an issue where attempting to create a PayLink would timeout.
Intacct
ADDED: Intacct Transaction Report: Added "Post Date" to the report, as well as support for several Intacct entities.
ADDED: Intacct: Returns: Populate the Intacct "Memo" field on export.
Open API
FIXED: OpenAPI: Purchase Transaction reads will now function when there are Transaction Lines without an Item.
FIXED: OpenAPI: Sales Transaction reads will now function when there are Transaction Lines without an Item.
Web
CHANGED: Button Appearance: Updated coloring and button styles.
FIXED: Vendor Card: Vendor card now has the vendor icon in the header.
Version 2.2.16
Release Date 7/22/2020
API Service
ADDED: Intacct: Added support sending payment term discount information to Intacct when the invoice is completely paid.
ADDED: Item Card: Added "Extended Cost" column to the inventory movement tab.
ADDED: Purchase Order Search: Purchase Order Generator: Purchase order type selection.
FIXED: Purchase Order Search: Purchase Order Generator: New companies now have a default value for the 'Default PO Type for Generation' setting.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Payments: Fixed issue where payment applications discount amount was being calculated using documents total instead of its subtotal.
Intacct
FIXED: Field Mappings: Mappings to custom fields in Intacct are now editable.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: The vendor selection no longer regains focus upon reloading receipt data.
UPDATED: Intacct Client: Changed Intacct client to return results of Intacct requests to retain Intacct error information.
UPDATED: Intacct Connection: Added checks to stop users from changing the Company ID after having successfully been integrated with an Intacct company.
UPDATED: Intacct Connection: Added support for removal of a new connection.
UPDATED: Intacct Connection: Added support for setting a connection inactive.
Version 2.2.15
Release Date 7/8/2020
API Service
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Price lists: Price lists will now re-evaluate if a change is made to a discounted sales line item.
Intacct
FIXED: Intacct: Made Intacct error handling more consistent when messaging users.
UPDATED: Intacct: Assembly Transaction Export: Line item "Description" now exports to invoice line "Memo".
UPDATED: Intacct: Immediate Sync: No longer messages users when reversing a post action is successful.
UPDATED: Intacct: Inventory Transaction Export: Line item "Description" now exports to invoice line "Memo".
UPDATED: Intacct: Purchase Receipt Export: Line item "Description" now exports to invoice line "Memo".
UPDATED: Intacct: Sales Document Export: Line item "Description" now exports to invoice line "Memo".
Version 2.2.14
Release Date 6/22/2020
Intacct
ADDED: Intacct User Field Mappings: Added Vendor Invoice to Intacct Vendor Bill user field mapping support.
FIXED: Intacct Customer Export: Fixed issue where newly exported customers would always create new mapping instead of using existing map.
FIXED: Intacct: Changing credentials will enable the save changes button again.
UPDATED: Intacct Contact Export: Added repairs for duplicate contact names on export that increment any duplicate contacts with a number when a new entity is exporting to Intacct.
UPDATED: Intacct Customer Export: New customer exports contact name is now exported as "First Name Last Name (Customer Number)".
UPDATED: Intacct Vendor Export: New vendor exports contact name is now exported as "First Name Last Name (Customer Number)".
UPDATED: Intacct: Post-through export errors now appear in error log upon failure.
Web
ADDED: Purchase Order Entry: Expected Receipt Date.
UPDATED: App-Wide: Grids will now navigate with keys similar to Excel or Google Sheets.
UPDATED: App-Wide: Standardized text colors across the application.
UPDATED: Receipt Entry: Landed Cost: Amount input will now be displayed as a percentage when "Allocation By" is a percent value.
Version 2.2.13
Release Date 6/9/2020
API Service
ADDED: Security: Global Filtering: Sales Persons may now be configured to be filtered.
ADDED: Setup: Sales Persons may now have a system user set.
FIXED: Batch Processing: Batch emailing no longer results in emails being duplicated.
FIXED: Reports: Economic Order Quantity: Report now works for time periods where the only sales movement was due to sales returns.
UPDATED: Receipt Entry: Landed Cost Vendor Invoice Generation: Reverted changes that moved landed cost creation from vendor invoice post to vendor invoice creation.
UPDATED: Reports: Historical Inventory Stock Status: Adjustments used to correct inventory usage (i.e., posting an incorrect vendor invoice, resulting in cost adjustments) are now accounted for.
Intacct
FIXED: Intacct: Customer Payments: Fixed issue where customer payments were not exporting to Intacct.
FIXED: Intacct: Mappings can no longer be added for inactive return reasons.
FIXED: Intacct: Transaction Type Attachments "Add All" now adds missing transaction types and displays error when none were added.
UPDATED: Intacct Request: Checks if the 'Record ID' is populated before attempting to fetch entities from Intacct.
Integrator
FIXED: Settings: QuickBooks Online: "Sales Document Override" now completely prevents QBO documents from being overwritten after payment receipt.
UPDATED: Integration: PayFabric: Customer PO is now submitted when taking payments directly against sales documents.
UPDATED: Integrations: QuickBooks Online: Journal Entries now always include document type and document number at the line level.
Open Api
FIXED: Sales Transaction: Doc Date is mapped to Transaction Date.
Web
ADDED: Inventory Search: System items are now filtered out by default, and can be toggled using the 'Hide System Items' checkbox.
FIXED: Adjustment Entry: Inventory transactions, targeting lot-tracked inventory with different unit costs, can now be fulfilled completely.
FIXED: App Wide: User Defined Fields: User Fields are no longer erased when updating entities.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: In international companies, the receipt total is now recalculated when the shipping tax schedule is changed.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Manually fulfilling non-tracked items will now show the correct columns.
FIXED: Sales Document Split: An "unexpected error" message no longer occurs when a split is attempted on a document that cannot be split.
UPDATED: Notifications: Excessive error notifications will no longer be displayed while offline.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Shipping Tax Schedule can be selected on the sales document when line level taxes are disabled.
Version 2.2.12-Hotfix.6
Release Date 6/1/2020
API
FIXED: Batch Processing: Batch emailing no longer results in emails getting doubled.
UPDATED: Integration: PayFabric: Customer PO is now submitted when taking payments directly against sales documents.
Open API
FIXED: Sales Transactions: ActualShipDate and RequestedShipDate now respect incoming dates.
Intacct
FIXED: Intacct: Customer Payments: Fixed issue where customer payments were not exporting over to Intacct.
Version 2.2.12
Release Date 5/27/2020
API Service
FIXED: Sales Document Search: Data Import: Default templates more reliably import.
Intacct
FIXED: Intacct: General Ledger Exports: Items without an inventory type are no longer ignored when exporting GL lines.
FIXED: Intacct: Immediate Synchronization: Posting an invoice, that contains only $0.00 cost line items, will no longer attempt to export the transaction.
UPDATED: Intacct: Immediate Synchronization: Added specific messaging for when a transaction cannot be posted.
Open API
ADDED: User fields: Support for column name mappings in the user fields collection.
Web
FIXED: UI: Drawers will now correctly auto-focus the first field in the form.
FIXED: UI: Spacing fixes to drawers.
UPDATED: Report Designer: Changed "Is Batch" setting to "Use Item Qty for Label Qty"
Version 2.2.11
Release Date 5/13/2020
API Service
FIXED: Adjustment Entry: Transferring inventory between warehouses is set to the post date of the transfer in the Historical Inventory Stock Status report (previously set to received date of the original inventory).
FIXED: Google Printing: Reports sent to Google Cloud Print will now retain formatting.
FIXED: Item Card: Item Master Components: Fixed an issue where deleting an item master component would cause the item master to be unable to save.
FIXED: Item Master: Item Serial Lots: Fixed an issue where receiving several lines into the same lot number would cause duplicate lines to appear in the item's serial/lot tab.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Vendor invoices that result in cost adjustments that had separate posted transactions in non-base UofM now report cost changes more accurately.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Copy: Transactions with multiple contact methods copy more reliably.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Printing: Lot tracked line items, being printed via the SalesLineFulfillments member, no longer duplicate if running multiple reports.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Printing: Shipping contact UDFs from customers are once again populated.
FIXED: Vendor Invoice Entry: Posting a vendor invoice, with serial or lot tracking and cost updates, now spreads costs per quantity associated with each serial or lot.
UPDATED: Assembly Transaction Entry: Upon posting, an assembly transaction's unit cost is now calculated from the extended cost of all of the inventory used to create it, divided by the quantity on the assembly transaction.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: Updated "Open" status to "New".
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Printing: 'Include Pick List Bins' now includes all possible bins, not just the top 3.
UPDATED: Transactions: Posted transactions are now immediately synchronized on post.
Intacct
ADDED: Added transaction report.
ADDED: Changing the Intacct connection info will now require users to re-enter their password.
FIXED: Adjustment Reason Maps: Fixed an issue where users could create duplicate mappings.
FIXED: Customer Exports: Fixed issue where customer contact and address information was not getting exported.
FIXED: Exports: Integration record for failed exports are preserved.
FIXED: Intacct: Disconnecting from Intacct will now properly stop immediate synchronization actions to Intacct.
FIXED: Intacct: Returns: Fixed an issue where posting a return while item dimension mapping was set would result in an error.
FIXED: Item Map: Users will no longer be able to create a field mapping to export 'BasePrice'.
FIXED: Non-customizable fields appear as inactive and are no longer blank.
FIXED: Return Reason Maps: Fixed an issue where users could create duplicate mappings.
FIXED: Sales Transaction Export: Export issues are logged when item dimensions fail to export.
FIXED: Transaction Type Attachment Maps: Fixed an issue where users could create duplicate mappings.
FIXED: Transaction type attachments can now be edited in the grid.
FIXED: Vendor Address Export: Fixed issue where contact address information was not exporting.
FIXED: Vendor Import: Matching vendor contacts are no longer imported twice.
FIXED: Web: Saving an empty field mapping will no longer result in an error.
UPDATED: Connection: Single entity accounts once again integrate.
UPDATED: Customer Export: Populate customer type if a mapping exists between Intacct vendor type and customer class.
UPDATED: Customer Import: Populate customer class if a mapping exists between Intacct vendor type and customer class.
UPDATED: History and audit tabs are shown even when Intacct credentials are invalid.
UPDATED: Intacct: Vendor Invoice Export: Improved messaging when a vendor invoice fails to export.
UPDATED: Intacct: Vendor Invoice Export: Now checks if a vendor existed in Intacct before attempting to export it.
UPDATED: Vendor Export: Populate vendor type if a mapping exists between Intacct vendor type and vendor class.
UPDATED: Vendor Import: Populate vendor class if a mapping exists between Intacct vendor type and vendor class.
Integrator
FIXED:FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Exporting vendor invoices, with associated cost adjustments, will now properly round the created journal entry's line amounts.
FIXED: Integration: Quickbooks Online: Posting a vendor invoice, with a non-inventory item, will now properly reference the invoiced purchase receipt on the resulting journal entry.
FIXED: Integrations: Quickbooks Online: Changing a line from taxable to non-taxable no longer exports the previously calculated tax information.
FIXED: Integrations: Quickbooks Online: Shipping tax is once again included on exporting invoices.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Fixed issue where UofM conversion factor was being applied twice when auto serial lot was enabled.
FIXED: Transactions: Tax Included: Fixed tax calculations for tax inclusive documents.
Open API
ADDED: Open API: Added inventory transaction posting support to the Open API.
FIXED: Open API: Fixed issue where enum values were not properly being read into the Open API.
Sellbrite
FIXED: Sellbrite: Sellbrite settings can be saved again.
UPDATED: Intacct: Improved exception handling and logging for background tasks.
UPDATED: Sellbrite: Improved exception handling and logging for background tasks.
Web
ADDED: Customer Card: Payments: PayFabric payments can now be voided.
ADDED: Sales Document Search: Data Imports: Added the ability to import historical sales documents via data imports.
ADDED: Setup: Settings associated with an integration that the current company is not connected to will now be hidden.
ADDED: Setup: User Defined Fields: Creation now includes "Save & New" button.
BREAKING CHANGE: Contact Methods: "Url" contact method has been removed and permanently replaced with "Website".
FIXED: Assembly Transaction Entry: The post and void modals now display a spinner on the 'Post' and 'Void' buttons as a progress indicator.
FIXED: File Import History: Inventory Adjustments can now be navigated to from File Import History.
FIXED: Navigation Search: Clicking into the navigation search input now focuses on the input.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Spacing is more consistent on sales document input fields.
UPDATED: App-Wide: Colors and styles have been changed for the Drawers, Dialogs, Header, and Navbar.
UPDATED: Assembly Transaction Entry: After posting or voiding an assembly transaction, the view is reset to the search view.
UPDATED: Contact Methods: "Phone" contact method has been updated to "Work Phone".
UPDATED: Customer Search: Create Customer: Contact Methods: Form now has consistent spacing and updated labels.
UPDATED: Integrations: QuickBooks Online: Sales Receipts and Refunds will not appear until integrated.
UPDATED: Setup: Configured Email: Username and password on configured email no longer fill from browser autocomplete.
Version 2.2.5
Release Date 3/5/2020
API Service
FIXED: Customer Payments: Payments created by posting a return will now appear in the customer payments tab.
FIXED: Setup: Workflow: Actions occurring after the 'Split' action no longer display an undefined error.
REMOVED: Item Master: Item Type: "Gift Card" has been removed (any existing Gift Card items have been converted to Item Type: "Inventory").
UPDATED: Printing: Print limits have been increased to 5000 pages.
UPDATED: Printing: Report previews now show a preview quantity of up to 500 pages.
Intacct
ADDED: Integrations: Intacct: A notification will now be displayed when changes to import/export settings will be lost.
ADDED: Integrations: Intacct: Attachments: Purchase receipts and vendor invoices can now export reports as attachments if mapped to a report on the "Transaction Type Attachments" tab.
ADDED: Integrations: Intacct: Entity Card Mapping: Direct entity-to-entity mapping for customers and vendors.
FIXED: Integrations: Intacct: A double notification no longer appears upon initial connection.
FIXED: Integrations: Intacct: Grid column layouts are now saved for each tab.
FIXED: Integrations: Intacct: Load animations now display in the correct position.
FIXED: Integrations: Intacct: Location Exports: New locations exporting successfully are no longer marked as failed.
FIXED: Integrations: Intacct: When opening a dropdown box in a grid the input no longer becomes much larger than expected.
FIXED: Integrations; Intacct: Imports: Issues retrieving entities from Intacct will now be added to the integration log.
UPDATED: Company Card: Currency and multi-currency can now be updated.
UPDATED: Integrations: Intacct: Added Trace ID to messages to help improve error tracking and visibility.
UPDATED: Integrations: Intacct: All grid dropdowns are now sorted alphabetically.
UPDATED: Integrations: Intacct: Attachments: The "Sales Doc Type Attachments" tab is now called "Transaction Type Attachments".
UPDATED: Integrations: Intacct: Connection error messages now include why the connection failed.
UPDATED: Integrations: Intacct: Custom Field: When exporting Customers, Vendors, and/or Invoices, any custom fields populated by user mappings are now validated to ensure that they are sending over the correct data type.
UPDATED: Integrations: Intacct: Item Attachment: Validate that we are sending over a valid ID before exporting new Intacct attachments.
UPDATED: Integrations: Intacct: Item Export: Validate that we are sending over a valid ID before exporting a new Intacct Item.
UPDATED: Integrations: Intacct: Location Export: Validate that we are sending over a valid ID before exporting new Intacct Locations.
UPDATED: Integrations: Intacct: Refund Attachment Export: Refund attachments will take into account when other refunds with the same document number are being sent over.
UPDATED: Integrations: Intacct: Setting: On initial connection, default 'Invoice Journal Entry Batch' and 'Purchase Transaction Journal Entry Batch' are populated from Intacct preferences.
UPDATED: Integrations: Intacct: Updating Connection: 'Connection update' audits will be more specific regarding what changed, and will return a response if nothing has changed.
UPDATED: Integrations: Intacct: Vendor Export: Validate that we are sending over a valid ID before exporting new Intacct Vendors.
UPDATED: Integrations: Intacct: When adding a new field mapping, it will be disabled by default.
UPDATED: Integrations: Intacct: When clicking on a grid cell that is editable via dropdown, the list of options should now immediately appear.
UPDATED: Integrations: Sellbrite: Added Trace ID to messages to help improve error tracking and visibility.
Integrator
FIXED: Integrations: QuickBooks Online: Taxless documents should no longer have 'Business Validation Error' messages on export.
Open API
ADDED: Purchase Orders: Historical transactions can now be created.
Sellbrite
UPDATED: Integrations: Sellbrite: Channel fields can no longer be mapped.
Web
FIXED: App-Wide: Grid: Grids will no longer prevent scrolling after selecting specific cells.
FIXED: App-Wide: Grids: Editing a cell while the grid refreshes will no longer place the cell in the upper-left corner of the screen.
FIXED: App-Wide: Panels opening within a grid will no longer clip off the screen.
FIXED: Navigation: Recent states no longer covers the bottom of the navigation bar.
FIXED: Navigation: Recent States: Deleting a recent page no longer navigates the application back a page.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Deleting line items twice will now properly delete the items as expected.
FIXED: Purchase Order Search: Data Import: The 'Default Document Type' setting now displays the correct name for each of the valid/shown purchase order types.
FIXED: Purchase Order: The "Receive Purchase Order" button is now enabled after deleting purchase lines.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Purchase Receipts can no longer fulfill Purchase Orders that have already been received (this will also keep the shipping amount on the Purchase Receipt from being duplicated).
FIXED: Setup: Security: Can no longer create more security groups than expected when hitting save multiple times.
FIXED: Setup: Security: Saving a copied Security Group will no longer prompt an erroneous "Would you like to save your changes?" message.
REMOVED: Customer: Removed Customer Type from Customer.
REMOVED: Setup: Removed Customer Type and Vendor Type setup.
REMOVED: Vendor: Removed Vendor Type from Vendor.
UPDATED: App-Wide: Dialogs: All dialogs have been changed with a new style.
Version 2.2.4
Release Date 2/4/2020
API Service
ADDED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Imported Tax Schedules can not be edited.
ADDED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Users will now be able to create and edit Tax Schedules while connected to a QuickBooks Online company.
BREAKING CHANGE: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Sales Document Export: Invoices exported will now always have their tax information sent over as a Tax Line Item.
FIXED: Item Card: Inventory Movement: Inventory movement now shows the final quantity changed for Out Adjustments.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Copy: User Field Definitions are copied properly when copying documents/orders.
FIXED: Purchase Order Search: Purchase order imports no longer clear out the ShipTo Address when the field is not specified on the import.
FIXED: Reports: Historical Inventory Stock Status: Cost updates applied through vendor invoicing now respect UofM for reporting purposes.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Copy: User Field Definitions are copied properly when copying documents/orders.
REMOVED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Tax Schedules will no longer be exported.
Intacct
ADDED: Intacct: Item Accounts Tab: Item Description.
FIXED: Integration: Intacct: Grid pickers no longer retain selections after closing.
FIXED: Integration: Intacct: The 'Changed By' and 'Created By' fields will now populate correctly.
FIXED: Integration: Sellbrite: The 'Changed By' and 'Created By' fields will now populate correctly.
UPDATED: Integration: Intacct: Vendor Invoice Export: Send separate vendor bills if the freight vendor does not match the vendor invoice's vendor.
Web
ADDED: Navigation: Recent Pages can now be used while the navigation bar is collapsed.
FIXED: Customer Search: Reports will no longer load unless requested.
FIXED: Manage Security: Clicking 'Discard Changes' when creating a new security group will close the drawer as expected.
FIXED: Navigation Search: Search popover now remains shown while navigation is collapsed.
FIXED: Navigation: Tooltips on header dropdowns no longer hide behind buttons.
FIXED: Sales Search: Reports will no longer load unless requested.
UPDATED: Integrations: Quickbooks Online is no longer visible when integrating with Intacct.
UPDATED: Item Card: Inventory Movement Tab: Qty Changed now shows decimal quantities.
UPDATED: Item Card: Inventory Movement: Changed formatting on Qty Changed to be more consistent.
UPDATED: Manage Security: UI updates to reduce clutter.
UPDATED: Sales Document Search: Combine Invoices: Comments, memos, notes, and reference numbers are now truncated when exceeding maximum length.
Version 2.2.3
Release Date 1/15/2020
API Service
ADDED: Purchase Order Search: Purchase Advisor Report: Added a backorder only option to the 'Reorder Point' dropdown. This option will only display backorder information for line items that need purchasing.
ADDED: Reporting: The Item Serial Number Status dynamic grid report now supports searching via serial number.
FIXED: Company Card: Changes are saved properly after connecting to QuickBooks Online.
FIXED: Purchase Order Search: Purchase Advisor: Choosing options from the 'Reorder By' dropdown will now properly filter rows and remove columns based on the user's selection.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Posting: Split sales receipts, with unapplied payments on the parent document, will no longer cause child documents to fail to post.
FIXED: Vendor Invoice Entry: Posting a vendor invoice with a line item that is not in the base unit of measure will no longer update the current cost incorrectly.
FIXED: Vendor Transaction Entry: Batch Post: Failed posting will no longer result in partially posted states.
UPDATED: Vendor Invoice Entry: Exchange rates no longer apply more than once when posting a vendor invoice that was not in the company's home currency.
Intacct
ADDED: User Mappings: Added support for setting up mappings to custom field values on AR invoice exports.
ADDED: User Mappings: Added support for setting up mappings to Intacct custom fields for Customer imports and exports.
ADDED: User Mappings: Added support for setting up mappings to Intacct custom fields for Vendor imports and exports.
UPDATED: Customer Map: Customers must now have a Customer Number assigned to export to Intacct.
Integrator
FIXED: Integrations: QuickBooks Online: Editing customers, which are projects in QuickBooks Online, will not give an "A project must be a sub-customer billed to its parent" error.
FIXED: Integrations: QuickBooks Online: Sub-customers will not switch from "Bill with parent" to "Bill this customer" when edited.
Web
FIXED: Customer Card: Payments: 'Apply Payments' button will no longer get cut off from the bottom of the screen if there are too many items in the grid above it.
FIXED: Customer Card: Payments: The correct currency symbol will be used (based on the customer's currency).
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Receipts: Purchase orders can no longer be linked to posted vendor invoices.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Receiving Assignment Drawer: Quantity will now be in base UofM, rather than the line's UofM.
UPDATED: App-Wide: Grid filters have been condensed into a new menu.
UPDATED: App-Wide: Recent Pages has moved from the header to the bottom of the navigation sidebar.
UPDATED: Customer Search: Dashboard has been moved to an icon in the header.
UPDATED: Sales Document Search: Dashboard has been moved to an icon in the header.
Version 2.2.1
Release Date 12/20/2019
API Service
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Added header weight, calculated weight, and weight UofM.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Added line weight and weight UofM.
ADDED: Workflow: Sales Document workflows now have condition criteria called "Document Is Unshipped", which will execute associated workflow actions if the sales document has not been shipped or is awaiting shipment.
ADDED: Workflow: Sales Document workflows now have condition criteria called "Has Tracking Information", which will execute associated workflow actions if the sales document has at least one tracking number.
Intacct
ADDED: Errors: Added a 'refresh grid' button in toolbar.
ADDED: Transaction Exports: Option to export transactions with item dimension set.
FIXED: Customer Class Tab: Now sorts alphabetically.
FIXED: Intacct Settings: Settings page will no longer cut off the save button at the bottom.
FIXED: Vendor Class Tab: Now sorts alphabetically.
UPDATED: Item Import: Inventory items do not import if associated Intacct company does not have Inventory Control subscription.
Integrator
FIXED: Integrations: Shopify: Orders with long contact names import as expected.
FIXED: Integrations: QuickBooks Online: Customer PO value shrinks to better fit QuickBooks Online's custom field during export.
FIXED: Integrations: QuickBooks Online: Exported payment terms no longer have their name set to 'SalesPad Term'.
UPDATED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Both "[agency name] Payable", and "[agency name] Sales Tax Payable", are now accepted as sales tax payment accounts while using line-level taxes.
Sellbrite
FIXED: Settings: When using the "Customer Per Email" option, users will no longer experience occasional incorrect email mappings.
Web
ADDED: App-Wide: Grids: User-defined columns are now sortable.
FIXED: App Wide: Icons are no longer occasionally replaced with random characters.
FIXED: Item Card: Item Editor: Default UofMs populate.
FIXED: Setup: Workflow Rules: Workflow conditions will no longer show a blank field when the first rule's condition is not set.
Uncategorized
ADDED: Sales Document Type: New 'Dropships Require Vendor Invoice' setting, requires the vendor invoice to be posted before any sales document can be transferred/posted when lines are linked to a dropship purchase order.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Printed Reports: Contact UDF information now populates as expected.
UPDATED: Integrations: Shopify imports now check 15 minutes prior to the last integration time to account for Shopify publishing delays.
UPDATED: Integrations: Shopify: Added handling retrying imports for failed Shopify integrations that do not create an entity in SalesPad Cloud.
UPDATED: Item Card: You can no longer change inventory type if the item exists on any transaction, or, if inventory for that item has existed.
Release 12/2/2019
API 2.0.38-Hotfix.1
Auth 2.0.27
Intacct 2.0.1
Web 2.0.34
API Service
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Documents with dropship line items that have not been received, can now be posted.
FIXED: Workflow: 'Change Workflow Batch' actions now work with other workflow actions executed in the same forwarding action.
Auth Service
FIXED: Login: Editing company name now works as expected, after clicking the "Back to Login" button.
Integrator
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Discontinued items will no longer be marked inactive in QBO.
Release 11/18/2019
API 2.0.37-Hotfix.3
Web 2.0.33
Intacct 2.0.0
Auth 2.0.26-Hotfix.1
API Service
FIXED: Customer Search: Data Import: Customers without importing contacts, will now import as expected.
FIXED: Reports: Reason Code Detail: Serial tracked lines display correctly.
FIXED: Sales Document Search: Data Import: Sales documents against customers with price levels (including the default price level), will now import as expected.
Intacct
FIXED: User Field Mappings: Adding a new field no longer causes the field to render improperly.
Integrator
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: If an imported account number exceeds the maximum account number length, the user will be notified in the integration history's error message field.
FIXED: Integrations: QuickBooks Online: Percentage-based discounts on sales documents export as expected.
UPDATED: Integrations: QuickBooks Online: Account numbers may now include up to 15 characters.
Web
IMPROVED: Receipt Entry: Serial Lot Assignment: Load time.
Release 11/14/2019
API 2.0.25
Intacct 0.1.6
WEB 2.0.23
API Service
ADDED: Setup: Workflow: There is now a "Sales Line Count" workflow condition for sales documents.
ADDED: Setup: Workflow: There is now a "Shipping Method" workflow condition for sales documents.
FIXED: Price Line Import: Imports no longer show a 'null value' error.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Fulfillment: When adding a new line, the default quantity will now be the remaining quantity if there is less than one available.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Posting a receipt with a vendor number will now properly mark the receipt as received.
FIXED: Reports: Historical Inventory Stock Status: If a transaction's Post Date is the same day as the selected End Date of this report, but the user's timezone places it after the End Date in UTC, that transaction will now be included in this report.
FIXED: Reports: Historical Inventory Stock Status: Sales line items with negative quantities will affect inventory quantities according to the day their respective sales documents were posted (previously, this went off the day the sales line items were created).
FIXED: Security: Security group saves will now selectively send what security data is being saved (rather than saving every security with each save).
FIXED: Vendor Invoice Entry: Vendor invoices utilizing landed cost will now void as expected.
UPDATED: Setup: Workflow: Conditional rules using 'contains' or 'equals' are no longer case-sensitive.
Intacct
ADDED: Intacct: Added Reason Mappings.
FIXED: Exchange Rate Import: No longer fails when multi-currency is disabled.
FIXED: Intacct: Accounts: Default Income Account Number no longer overrides expense or income accounts.
UPDATED: Intacct: Accounts: Filter out accounts that have an associated checking account.
UPDATED: Settings: Drop downs are now sorted by Account Number
Integrator
ADDED: Dynamic Grid Reports: Shopify Reconcile Report - Displays import records for Shopify orders (including Shopify orders that should have imported, but did not).
FIXED: Integrations: QuickBooks Online: Using an invalid email on an exported sales document will no longer result in the sales document not exporting.
Web
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transferring: Rounding issues when transferring to invoice have been repaired.
Release 11/01/2019
API: 2.0.32-Hotfix.3
WEB: 2.0.26
API Service
ADDED: Dynamic Grid Reports: Reason Code Detail.
ADDED: Dynamic Grid Reports: Reason Code Summary.
ADDED: Dynamic Grid Reports: UofM and Unit Cost columns have been added to the 'Open Purchase Orders By Purchase Lines' report.
ADDED: Item Card: Added Shipping UofM.
ADDED: Setup: Item Class: Added Shipping UofM.
FIXED: Setup: Workflow: The workflow rule criteria 'Contains' now compares optional text fields with no value.
Web
ADDED: Receipt Entry: Serial Lot Assignment drawer now shows the quantity within the line items UofM.
UPDATED: App Wide: Navigation scrollbar now automatically hides when not needed.
Release 10/24/2019
API 2.0.29
Web 2.0.25-Hotfix.2
AUTH 2.0.23
API Service
ADDED: Dynamic Grid Reports: The Lot Transactions report, which displays all the transactions that the specified lot number has been used on, was added.
FIXED: Dynamic Grid Reports: The Lot Lookup report now renders correctly.
FIXED: Integrations: QuickBooks Online: Invoice journal entries will no longer create a duplicate credit to the tax agency when the invoice's Shipping Amount is not taxable.
FIXED: Integrations: Shopify: SalesPad Cloud Document Numbers will now match Shopify Document Numbers on import.
FIXED: Inventory Search: Data Imports: Imports will now match names that contain special characters.
FIXED: Report Preview: The 'Include Summary Info' setting is now compatible with lines without discounts.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Data Imports: Price Levels will now properly apply to the sales line items.
FIXED: Sales Document Search: Data Import: Imports are more reliable.
FIXED: Vendor Invoice Entry: Posting a vendor invoice with a cost adjustment for all of an item's inventory will no longer incorrectly clear reported inventory data.
UPDATED: Integrations: ShipStation: The Shipping Address does not require State if it is an international address.
Integrator
ADDED: Adjustment Entry: Changes to the Notes field are now audited.
FIXED: Integrations: QuickBooks Online: Assembly transactions are recording links.
FIXED: Integrations: QuickBooks Online: Inventory transactions are recording links.
UPDATED: Integrations: Zapier: Mappings for Item Number, Description, Quantity, and UofM Schedule were added.
Web
FIXED: Adjustment Entry: Transfer: The Serial Lot Bulk Out drawer will now respect the selected UofM.
FIXED: App Wide: Grid Columns: Resetting columns will now properly reset them to the grid default.
FIXED: App Wide: Grid Number Editors: Tabbing with invalid data entered no longer locks the grid.
FIXED: App Wide: Item Picker Grids: Column order now saves properly.
FIXED: App Wide: Line Item Entry: Inactive items can no longer be quick-selected from searches.
FIXED: App Wide: Line Item Entry: When the UPC and SKU columns are available to be placed on lookup grids, the columns will now only appear in the column picker when the related user setting is enabled for line item entry.
FIXED: App Wide: Line Item Picker: Columns now fit to grid by default.
FIXED: App Wide: Rounding for item quantities is more consistently performed based on decimal quantities.
FIXED: App Wide; Line Item Entry: When the UPC and SKU columns are available to be placed on lookup grids, these columns will now properly save with the user's layout. Previously, default visibility was controlled solely by the related Item Lookup user settings.
FIXED: Customer Card: Payments: Payments are no longer automatically over-applied.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Item-less line items will no longer allow clearing the Item Description.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Item-less line items will no longer allow clearing the Item Description.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: The receiving assignment feature no longer displays decimal numbers longer then the item's decimal quantity.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: The receiving assignment feature no longer prevents lot item quantities that are less than zero.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Dropdown icons are now correctly positioned.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Item-less line items will no longer allow clearing the Item Description.
FIXED: Setup: Security Management: The list of tab securities will no longer appear half empty when first opening the drawer.
FIXED: Setup: User Defined Fields: Duplicate fields can no longer be created.
Release 10/16/2019
API 2.0.29-Hotfix.5
Auth 2.0.22
Sellbrite 1.0.23
Web 2.0.24-Hotfix.3
API Service
ADDED: Customer Card: Payments: The ability to opt out of applying the Payment Terms Discount to an invoice was added.
ADDED: Dynamic Grid Reports: Lot Transactions report, which displays all the transactions that the specified lot number has been used on.
ADDED: Inventory Search: Data Imports: Vendor Items now support being imported with Item Masters.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: A column picker for more customizable Line Item Entry lookup grids was added.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Auditing for Discount, Discount Percent, and Shipping Amount changes was added.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: When changing Location, fulfillments are now removed.
ADDED: Sales Document Search: Import: The option to separate new documents by a designator if no Sales Document IDs are imported was added.
ADDED: Stock Count Entry: Assignments: The ability to create a new Serial/Lot number from the Assignment screen was added.
ADDED: Stock Count Entry: Security: Can Create Serial Lot - This security determines if the group has permission to create new serial or lot numbers from a stock count.
FIXED: Customer Card: Payments: The layout of the Payment Application screen was fixed.
FIXED: Dynamic Grid Reports: The Lot Lookup report no longer throws the "Ambiguous column name 'Expiration'" error.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Items are now sorted by the Vendor Item Number, if possible.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: The Line Items bin now updates appropriately upon Location change.
FIXED: Reports: Historical Inventory Stock Status: Items with zero current Quantity now show their Historical values.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: A potential error that occurred when attempting to remove fulfillments that have already been removed has been prevented.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Attempting to split a document that has been shipped through ShipStation will now result in an error.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Copying sales documents now works more consistently.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Line Item Entry: Discount and Discount Amount are now kept in sync.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Payment: Adding a payment from the Sales Document card now properly applies the Payment Terms Discount, if it is paid in full.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Splitting with multiple split options will no longer causes an error when there are UDFs on the sales document.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Discount Amount from the Payment Terms now displays as a percent.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transferring a sales document with user defined fields no longer generates a secondary order.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: UDFs for sales line items no longer impact sales document splitting.
FIXED: Setup: Payment Terms: The Payment Terms Discount Amount now properly displays as a percent.
IMPROVED: Sales Document Entry: Error handling while transferring orders to invoices was improved.
UPDATED: Inventory Movement Records: Cost adjustments made by vendor invoices now update Historical cost records regarding those updates, resulting in more accurate reporting, including on the Historical Inventory Stock Status report.
Integrator
ADDED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Settings: A default Sales Contact for exporting email was added.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Applied credits from returns now export correctly.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Cancelling the initial connection no longer results in a Connected status.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Editing a sales document originating from QuickBooks Online with taxable line items will no longer cause an error when exporting updates back to QuickBooks Online.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Journal entries for receipts now properly include the Account Class for non-inventory lines.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Tax Codes that have more than 50 characters in their name now successfully import.
FIXED: Integration: Shopify: No longer creates duplicate shipping methods.
FIXED: Integrations: Shopify: Orders with contact details filled out incompletely now import as expected.
UPDATED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Inventory Assembly Export: The expense account is credited if a transaction line's Item Master is not inventory-tracked.
UPDATED: Integrations: QuickBooks Online: Sales invoices exported to QuickBooks Online with a Shipping Amount will no longer create a shipping line item on the QuickBooks Online invoice if 'Shipping' is enabled in QuickBooks Online company settings.
Open API
ADDED: Open API: Aging Buckets can now be created, read, updated, and deleted.
ADDED: Open API: Company information can now be read and updated.
ADDED: Open API: Contact Method Types can now be created, read, and updated.
ADDED: Open API: Dynamic Grid Report Assignments can now be created, read, updated, and deleted.
ADDED: Open API: Entity Numbers can now be created, read, updated, and deleted.
ADDED: Open API: Settings can now be read and updated.
ADDED: Open API: Vendor Transaction Types can now be created, read, updated, and deleted.
ADDED: Open API: Workflows can now be created, read, updated, and deleted. Previously, workflows could only be read.
UPDATED: Open API: Purchase Transaction Types: The TransactionNumberConfiguration field is now Read Only. The corresponding Entity Number can be updated with the Entity Number endpoints. A different Entity Number can be assigned to the transaction type with the new TransactionNumberConfigurationId field.
UPDATED: Open API: Sales Transaction Types: The TransactionNumberConfiguration field is now Read Only. The corresponding Entity Number can be updated with the Entity Number endpoints. A different Entity Number can be assigned to the transaction type with the new TransactionNumberConfigurationId field.
Sellbrite
FIXED: Integration: Sellbrite: Adding items by Item Class now properly imports.
FIXED: Integration: Sellbrite: Warehouse Tab: Sorting by certain tabs was fixed.
Web
FIXED: Assembly Entry: Decimal lot amounts are now able to be fulfilled.
FIXED: Customer Card: Sales document creation now uses the 'Sales Document Create' security.
FIXED: Inventory Transaction Entry: Line Item Entry: Keyboard grid navigation again works with the Tab and Enter keys.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Purchase orders are now able to be released when the Print or Email icon on the purchase order itself is clicked.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: The Landed Costs grid will now always display rows correctly.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: After a failed attempt to post, the purchase receipt can be modified.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Line Item Entry: Keyboard grid navigation again works with the Tab and Enter keys.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: The Landed Cost grid no longer cuts off at the bottom.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Line Item Entry: Keyboard grid navigation again works with the Tab and Enter keys.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Line items no longer display as unfulfilled on non-fulfilling document types.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Security: The Create Customer Security function is now enforced on the Sales Document card.
Release 10/08/2019
API 2.0.28-Hotfix.7
API Service
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transferring a sales document with user defined fields no longer generates a secondary order.
Release 09/17/2019
API 2.0.28-Hotfix.2
AUTH 2.0.21
Sellbrite: 1.0.22
Zapier: 1.0.3-Hotfix.1
POS: 1.3.16
Web: 2.0.23
API Service
ADDED: Settings: Sales: A 'Default Payment Terms' setting was added.
FIXED: Customer Entry: Address: Adding brackets to the address data no longer causes application instability.
FIXED: Data Imports: Emails will no longer fail to send when they include attachments.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Tax Codes no longer aggressively become Inactive.
FIXED: Integration: Shopify: Importing multiple sales documents with unique contact emails is now more reliable.
FIXED: Item Card: Inventory movement now properly shows return document movement.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Tax Codes and Tax Rates now have additional safeguards in order to stay in sync.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Copying: Sales Document and Sales Line UDFs now copy to the new document(s).
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Documents posted without Payment Terms will use the Default Payment Terms determined by settings.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Dropship bundle components no longer lose their fulfillment values from sales order to invoice transfer.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Splitting: Sales Document and Sales Line UDFs now copy to the new document(s).
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When adding sales lines, Sales Document UDFs will be copied to the sales line if their Names and Types match.
FIXED: Sales Document Import: Billing Address will default to Customer Address once again, if not provided.
FIXED: Vendor Invoice Entry: Posting a vendor invoice will set the status of all of its line items to Posted, instead of just the statuses of inventory-tracked line items.
UPDATED: Inventory Search: Import: UPC and UofM are now required in order to update or add an item with UPC or UofM.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: When changing the vendor on a purchasing-related transaction to a vendor with a different currency, if the previous currency was the Home Currency, the Home Unit Costs on line items will be set to the previous Unit Costs, and the foreign Unit Costs will be the previous Unit Costs with the exchange rate applied. If the previous currency and new currency are both foreign currencies, the foreign Unit Costs will remain the same and the home Unit Costs will change. If the previous currency is a foreign currency and the new currency is the Home Currency, the previous foreign Unit Costs will be used for the new Unit Costs.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: When changing the vendor on a purchasing-related transaction, if the selected vendor has any Vendor Items that are applicable to the transaction, a prompt will ask the user if they want to use Unit Costs from the Vendor Items.
UPDATED: Receipt Entry: When changing the vendor on a purchasing-related transaction to a vendor with a different currency, if the previous currency was the Home Currency, the Home Unit Costs on line items will be set to the previous Unit Costs and the foreign Unit Costs will be the previous Unit Costs with the exchange rate applied. If the previous currency and new currency are both foreign currencies, the foreign Unit Costs will remain the same and the home Unit Costs will change. If the previous currency is a foreign currency and the new currency is the Home Currency, the previous foreign Unit Costs will be used for the new Unit Costs.
UPDATED: Receipt Entry: When changing the vendor on a purchasing-related transaction, if the selected vendor has any Vendor Items that are applicable to the transaction, a prompt will ask the user if they want to use Unit Costs from the Vendor Items.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Voided sales document no longer allow users to add lines.
Auth Service
FIXED: Manage Organization: Partnered/Free users that have been added to an organization will now appear under the Partnered/Free section in the Organization Management screen.
FIXED: Manage Organization: Users that are tied to a seat but don't have company access will no longer appear under the Deactivated section in the Organization Management screen.
FIXED: Organization Management: The Organization List will scroll vertically if needed.
Integrator
ADDED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Variant item children now export.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: When importing accounts from QuickBooks Online, the integration will consistently import to the correct accounts.
FIXED: Integration: Shopify: Orders with contact details filled out incompletely now import as expected.
FIXED: Integration: Shopify: Support for document-level discounts was added.
Open API
ADDED: Open API: Allocation was added to fulfillment endpoints.
UPDATED: Open API: Intacct: Class ID mapping for GL and AR line exports was added.
UPDATED: Open API: Sales Transaction: A Class ID field was added to Open API transaction lines.
Sellbrite
FIXED: Integration: Sellbrite: Exporting a variant item now correctly sets the price of the parent.
FIXED: Integration: Sellbrite: Item exports with special characters in the SKU field will no longer fail.
FIXED: Integration: Sellbrite: Item imports with an apostrophe in the Item Number field will no longer fail.
FIXED: Sellbrite: Exporting items with no price will no longer trigger an error in the export.
Web
FIXED: Customer Card: The New Contact drawer resets scroll position to the top after being reopened.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Item-less and description-less line items will not disappear.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Tracking Info Tab: Users are now able to scroll the grid.
FIXED: Setup: Price List: All Price List save buttons now save properly.
FIXED: Setup: Price Lists: Price List cards open correctly for editing.
FIXED: Vendor Card: The New Contact drawer resets scroll position to the top after being reopened.
Release 09/03/2019
API 2.0.24-Hotfix.3
Integrator
FIXED: Integration: Shopify: Support for document-level discounts was added.
Release 08/27/2019
WEB 2.0.21-Hotfix.2
Web
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Purchase orders load more reliably when referenced entity data is larger than expected.
Release 08/23/2019
API 2.0.23-Hotfix.8
WEB 2.0.21
SELLBRITE 1.0.21
POS 1.3.16
API Service
ADDED: Inventory Search: Data Imports: Standard Cost can be imported during Item Master Imports.
ADDED: Purchase Order Entry: Work Order: There is now an Outsourced Location field that will set which Outsourced Work Location to transfer outsourced item components after transferring the order to the vendor.
ADDED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Linking to a purchase order now shows a prompt for syncing the Locations on the documents.
ADDED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Purchase receipt lines that are not linked to purchase order lines now have a button in the Purchase Order Num column that, when clicked, will allow the user to select a purchase order to link the line to.
ADDED: Receipt Entry: Printed reports targeting receipt lines now populate serial_lot_num correctly while printing.
ADDED: Receipt Entry: Printed reports targeting receipts now have an additional SerialLots data table under PurchaseReceiptLines that contains received serials/lots with quantity.
ADDED: Setup: Entity Number: SKU generation options can now be edited.
FIXED: Inventory Search: Data Import: An item in an import having an Item Class will not cause the import to fail.
FIXED: Inventory Search: Data Import: Importing User Defined Fields will not cause the import to malfunction.
FIXED: Inventory Search: Data Imports: Importing Taxable on an Item Master whose Item Class's Taxable value conflicts with the imported value will no longer cause the value to be reset to that from the Item Class.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Lines will default to the item's Tax Schedule in international companies, instead of using the document's Tax Schedule.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Attempting to add a purchase order number to a purchase receipt line item for the first line no longer prevents additional lines being added to the same purchase order.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Lines will default to the item's Tax Schedule in international companies, instead of using the document's Tax Schedule.
FIXED: Reports: Historical Inventory Stock Status: Running the report during a time of the day where the day in UTC is different than the day in the user's time zone will no longer result in the report being calculated with an end date one day off of the selected end date.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Payments: PayFabric: Returns and refunds will no longer have the amount set to $0.00 by default when creating a credit/refund. It will now be set to the remaining amount on the document.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Return line Items generated from an invoice will now have the Description of the invoice line item, instead of that of the Item Master.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Trying to delete a line item will not give an "Adding a relationship with an entity which is in the Deleted state is not allowed" error in certain situations.
FIXED: Setup: Settings: The 'Landed Cost Item' setting now displays under Purchasing Settings.
FIXED: Vendor Search: Data Imports: Contacts now import correctly when using Is Ship From information.
REMOVED: Setup: Fee Type: Fee Type was removed from SalesPad Cloud.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Changing the Location on a purchase receipt will now show a prompt to roll down the Location change to the line items.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Landed Cost: Flat landed cost amount is now distributed across each selected line instead of each line getting the full flat amount.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Location can now be set manually.
UPDATED: Reports: Historical Inventory Stock Status: The Value column has been renamed to Inventory Value.
UPDATED: Reports: Historical Inventory Stock Status: There is now an Average Cost column, which is hidden by default.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Sales line items were updated to support not setting a discount instead of defaulting to zero.
Integrator
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Deposits added to invoices without Payment Methods now export correctly.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Sales documents with non-taxable shipping amounts now export as expected.
Sellbrite
FIXED: Integration: Sellbrite: An issue which could cause orders to be duplicated on import if the payments for those orders failed to import was fixed.
Web
ADDED: Setup: All Setup pages now have a save & new option.
FIXED: Inventory Search: Current Cost is now more accurate.
FIXED: App Wide: Serial Lot Fulfillment: Columns with dates now format correctly.
FIXED: App Wide: Serial/Lot Picking: Decimals are now rounded based on the number of decimals specified for the Item.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: The header icon color now matches other header icons.
FIXED: Grid Reports: Grid reports using the Inventory Stock Views report source display correctly.
FIXED: Inventory Transaction Entry: Inventory transaction items no longer use special styling for posted or voided transactions.
FIXED: Navigation Bar: The highlight color was changed to a lighter orange.
FIXED: Purchase Advisor: An issue where quantity to purchase input on the grid would change when an item was selected has been fixed.
FIXED: Purchase Advisor: Canceling a criteria change will no longer erase Criteria fields.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Landed Cost: The scroll bar now works as intended.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Assignment: Decimals are now rounded based on the number of decimals specified for the Item.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Landed Cost: The scroll bar now works as intended.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Line Items: When assigning lot numbers to a lot-tracked line item, the New Line button will not disable itself until the total quantity on the lot numbers matches the Base UofM Quantity of the line item.
FIXED: Receiving Search: An issue where the user was unable to create purchase receipts when their browser was in a non-American locale was fixed.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Split documents will no longer default the payment amount to the total of the original document.
FIXED: Sales Document Transfer: Sales document transfers now round across line items.
FIXED: Stock Count Entry: The header icon color now matches other header icons.
Release 07/31/2019
API 2.0.23-Hotfix.5
AUTH 2.0.19
WEB 2.0.20
SellBrite 1.0.20
API Service
ADDED: Dynamic Grid Report: The Customer And Vendor Contacts dynamic grid reports were added.
ADDED: Inventory: An Inventory Cleanup Data migration to update old inventory records to the new style was added; this will result in historical inventory reports being more accurate for older companies.
ADDED: Security: Customer Card Dashboard: This security determines which sections the group has permission to view in the Customer Card Dashboard.
ADDED: Security: Customer Search Dashboard: This security determines which sections the group has permission to view in the Customer Search Dashboard.
ADDED: Security: Sales Line Item Detail: This security determines which sections the group has permission to view in the sales line item details.
ADDED: Security: Sales Search Dashboard: This security determines which sections the group has permission to view in the Sales Search Dashboard.
CHANGED: Item Card: SKU entry is now disabled on new items, when automatically generating SKUs.
CHANGED: Report Designer: Report Designer previews from the Print/Email trowser no longer show document data.
FIXED: Item Card: Inventory Movement: The Affected Date column was renamed to Post Date, for clarity.
FIXED: Printed and Email Reports: Printed and emailed reports no longer lose their data members when being edited from the Print/Email trowser.
FIXED: Reporting: Historical Inventory Stock Status: Multi-cost inventory is now more accurate.
FIXED: Sales Document Card: Discount: Both Discount and Discount_Percent will be always calculated.
FIXED: Sales Document Search: Data imports correctly use the time zone chosen in settings.
Integrator
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Journal entries created from purchase receipts will now use the purchase receipt's currency instead of converting to the home currency, since converting to the home currency could lead to unbalanced journal entries due to rounding errors.
FIXED: Integrations: QuickBooks Online: An issue that occurred when line-level taxes are enabled and discounts were present on an invoice caused a Document Total mismatch has been resolved.
Sellbrite
FIXED: Item Imports: Items will continue attempting imports when some items are unable to be imported.
FIXED: Shipment Exports: Tracking numbers will continue attempting exports when some tracking numbers are unable to be exported.
Web
FIXED: Item Card: Variants: Add New Variant: The issue with users not being able to scroll down the screen was fixed.
REMOVED: Employees: Undefined is no longer a Role Type.
REMOVED: Setup: Email Template: Unknown is no longer an Email Template.
Release 07/16/2019
API 2.0.21-Hotfix.9
Sellbrite 1.0.19
Web 2.0.19
API Service
FIXED: Integrations: QuickBooks Online: New Tax Schedules will no longer get stuck in Pending Exports after the first import following the initial export of the schedule.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Updating the vendor on a purchase order line that doesn't have an associated item will no longer clear out the line's Description field.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Landed cost amount values now respect document currency decimals.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Purchase Link Grid: An issue where methods for linking and un-linking were not being triggered has been fixed.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Saving a purchase receipt line that doesn't have an associated item will no longer cause an error.
FIXED: Report Designer: User fields are available once again.
UPDATED: Customer Search: Data Import: Additional contacts can now be imported.
UPDATED: Receipt Entry: Landed Cost Group: Landed Cost groups that have inactive landed costs may no longer be set to Active.
UPDATED: Receipt Entry: Landed Cost: Landed costs that are part of an active Landed Cost group may no longer be set to Inactive.
UPDATED: Receipt Entry: Purchase Order Links: Associated purchase receipt lines are now deleted when a purchase receipt's purchase order link is deleted.
Integrator
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Deposits no longer attempt to export a second time.
Open API
ADDED: Open API: Fulfillments can be added and removed from sales transaction lines.
ADDED: Open API: Inventory availability can now be accessed per item.
UPDATED: Open API: Sales line fulfillments now include an ID to use for reference.
Sellbrite
UPDATED: Integration: Sellbrite: Item Name is now displayed in integration logs.
Web
FIXED: Adjustment Entry: Quick Create Item: Autofilter data will correctly transfer to the New Item drawer.
FIXED: Customer Search: Dashboard: The labels on pie graphs don't clip the top of the page.
FIXED: Customer Search: Dashboard: The Margin by Product Class rounds correctly.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: The Landed Cost grid no longer overlaps Totals.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: The Landed Cost grid no longer overlaps Totals.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Creating a customer from a sales document will no longer permanently hide the Save and New button from the Customer Search screen's New Customer button.
REMOVED: Setup: Payment Method: Undefined is no longer a Payment Type.
UPDATED: Receipt Entry: Landed cost: A redundant Close button was removed.
Release 06/26/2019
API 2.0.19
AUTH 2.0.18
WEB 2.0.17-Hotfix.2
Sellbrite 1.0.17
API Service
ADDED: Open API: Fulfillment collections are now populated on sales transaction lines and purchase transaction lines.
ADDED: Open API: Purchase Orders: Support for TaxLineDetails to be loaded through the Open API for purchase orders and their lines was added.
ADDED: Open API: Purchase Receipt: Support for TaxLineDetails to be loaded through the Open API for purchase receipts and their lines was added.
ADDED: Open API: Sales Document: Support for TaxLineDetails to be loaded through the Open API for sales documents and their lines was added.
FIXED: Open API: Sales transaction lines now show correct values for Quantity Allocated and Quantity Backordered.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Fully receiving a purchase order with non-base UofM line items will now properly mark it as Closed.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Discount Amount on sales lines will not longer be lost when saving a document from SalesPad Cloud POS.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When transferring a sales line item to a purchase line item, the Item Description will no longer be overwritten by any Vendor Item's Description, if the original Item Description has been explicitly set by the user.
UPDATED: Reports: Historical Inventory Stock Status: Date filtering now targets post date instead of created date.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: When creating a PayLink, the phone number and email address used for notifications are now sent to PayLink when 'Manually Send PayLink Url' is set to True.
Auth Service
FIXED: Manage Organization: Users without companies will no lonnger display under Deactivated Users.
FIXED: Manage Organizations: Empty seats no longer cause companies to be unmanageable.
Sellbrite
ADDED: Integration: Sellbrite: If the integration runs into any errors while importing or exporting data to/from Sellbrite, it will now mark those entries as erroneous and not attempt to import/export them again. This prevents the user's error log from becoming filled with messages.
ADDED: Messaging: Messaging for 502 errors was added.
Web
CHANGED: Reports: A new UX was introduced.
CHANGED: Sales Document Entry: Payments Tab: The Payment Amount on returns can no longer be altered.
CHANGED: Sales Document Entry: Payments Tab: The Payment Type on returns is now set to Credit by default.
FIXED: Inventory Transaction Card: Transaction Line Grid: An issue where the inventory transaction card was using a previous entity to determine what bin columns should be shown has been fixed.
FIXED: Item Card: Inventory Movement Tab: All rows on the grid now load.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Payments Tab: The default Payment Amount on a return is now the document total.
UPDATED: System Wide: Better theme support was added.
Release 06/12/2019
API 2.0.17-Hotfix.1
Integrator
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Purchase receipt journal entries generated from a receipt with spread landed costs now multiply by quantity when determining how much needs to be entered into the Spread Cost Adjustment account.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Vendor invoices for landed costs now use the account from Landed Cost setup instead of the Landed Cost Item account.
Release 06/05/2019
API 2.0.16
AUTH 2.0.15
WEB 2.0.15
Sellbrite 1.0.13
API Service
ADDED: Customer Search: Customer Class, Customer Type, Customer Status, Price Level, and Payment Terms can now be batch-edited by selecting customers in the Customer lookup.
ADDED: Dynamic Grid Reports: New data sets for backordered sales lines and uncommitted purchase lines were added.
ADDED: Open API: An endpoint was added to the Open API to support report display data as a PDF.
ADDED: Open API: Endpoints were added to the Open API to support sending report information.
ADDED: Open API: Intacct: A subtask to export over reports as attachments in Intacct was added.
ADDED: Purchase Order Search: There is now an option to batch print purchase orders.
ADDED: Settings: Default Shipping Tax: The Tax Schedule used for Shipping Tax on Sales Documents.
ADDED: Vendor Search: Vendor Class, Vendor Type, Vendor Status, Payment Terms, and Is 1099 can now be batch-edited by selecting vendors in the Vendor lookup.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: When QuickBooks Online's automated tax system updates a Tax Rate, the Tax Rate on the new Tax Code will have the correct name and tax value.
FIXED: Inventory Search: The Batch Item Class roll down will now properly update the Weight UofM, Selling UofM, Purchasing UofM, and Valuation Method to be more consistent with changing the Class manually.
FIXED: Item Card: Quantities Drawer: The grids on this screen now filter out inactive Locations and inactive bins.
FIXED: Item Search: If the Item Class field is empty when the user clicks the Set button, the batch edit will remove the Item Classes from the selected items.
FIXED: Item Search: If the Vendor field is empty when the user clicks the Set button, the batch edit will remove the vendors from the selected items.
FIXED: Purchase Order Search: Import: Rows with blank item numbers will no longer be imported.
FIXED: Purchase Order Search: When importing purchase orders, if the import specifies a location but not any Ship To information, the import will copy the Location's contact to the purchase order's Ship To contact.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Posting dropship sales line items will correctly decrease the quantities in inventory.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transferring documents with discounts will no longer clear the original discount.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When a document with a different Payment Terms than the document's customer is copied or transferred, the Payment Terms will no longer be overwritten by the customer.
FIXED: Vendor Invoice Entry: Posting a vendor invoice with an updated Unit Cost on a non-inventory tracked item has been fixed.
IMPROVED: Item Card: The error messages stating why an Item Master can't be updated now state that there are active Vendor Items/Item Prices.
IMPROVED: Item Card: The validation for updating Item Masters now accounts for manually closed purchase orders.
IMPROVED: Setup: Default Security: The assembly transaction's tabs are now visible by default.
UPDATED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Summary receipts and refunds have been removed.
UPDATED: Report Designer: When the report designer is opened from the print screen, the data to be printed is now shown in the report designer's preview.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Shipping tax is now calculated as a line-level tax.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Tax codes can now be changed on Sales Documents with a customer that is marked as tax exempt.
UPDATED: Sales Document Search: Transferring: When a transfer is attempted in batches that don't allow transferring, the transfer is stopped and the user is messaged.
UPDATED: Settings: Default Tax Code has been renamed to Default Tax Schedule.
UPDATED: Setup: Defaults: The SPC No Tax Code Tax Schedule is now called SPC No Tax Schedule. It and its tax rates cannot be edited or duplicated.
UPDATED: Setup: Settings: 'The Non Taxable Tax Schedule' setting was renamed to 'Default Non Taxed Tax Schedule.' Its value can now be any active Tax Schedule which has a 0% Total Tax Rate. The chosen Tax Code and its Tax Rates cannot be edited.
UPDATED: Setup: The 'Line Level Taxes Enabled' setting will now be disabled by default for new companies.
UPDATED: Setup: Workflow Batch Card: Allow Transferring was added for sales workflow batches.
Integrator
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: There is now a warning message when a user adds a header-level discount but discounts are disabled in QuickBooks Online.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: If a user adds a deposit to a sales order, partially invoices the order, and posts the generated invoices, the invoices will then export.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Rejected estimates are now filtered out of the sales document import.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Sales Document Discount Percent will now export to QuickBooks Online.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks: Payment applications associated with posted and export sales documents will now apply correctly in QuickBooks Online.
FIXED: Integration: ShipStation: If an order returns to the Awaiting Shipment status, the integration will also make the order Read Only again.
FIXED: Integrations: Entities will not randomly fail to be marked for exporting.
UPDATED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: If a return has payments and a user posts it, that return will export to QuickBooks Online as a refund instead of a credit memo.
UPDATED: Integration: ShipStation: Trying to void or transfer an order which is awaiting shipment will notify the user that the order has to first be shipped or closed in ShipStation.
Sellbrite
ADDED: Integration: Sellbrite: Item Map: Adding items shows a loading indicator.
ADDED: Integration: Sellbrite: Warehouse Map: Adding warehouses shows a loading indicator.
FIXED: Integration: Sellbrite: Customer emails are now included on imported orders.
FIXED: Integration: Sellbrite: Customer emails are now set to Preferred and are registered for both shipping and billing.
FIXED: Integrations: Sellbrite: An issue which prevented the Add Items with Qty On Hand > 0 button from working properly was fixed.
FIXED: Integrations: Sellbrite: User field mappings are now prevented from being configured in such a way that they would try to import or export two different values to the same field.
UPDATED: Integration: Sellbrite: Connecting, updating, or disconnecting to the integration will show a blocking spinner.
Web
ADDED: App Wide: Exports: The "Retry Journal Entry Exports" alert was added.
ADDED: Integration Card: A Pending Exports tab and grid was added.
ADDED: Setup: Location: A Save & New button was added to bin creation.
FIXED: App Wide: Users will no longer be randomly signed out across tabs.
FIXED: Customer Search: New Customer: When using Save & New to save a customer, the Contact Methods are now cleared.
FIXED: Integrations: The Settings button no longer displays for non-admin users.
FIXED: Line Entry: The item grid search now uses a "contains" filter.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Fulfillment: The column sizes in the Sales Document Fulfillment screen have been adjusted.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Line Item Grid now displays all rows when expanded.
FIXED: Settings: Non-Admin users can no longer navigate to Settings.
REMOVED: Item Card: Restock Plan: The UofM dropdown was removed.
b: Setup: Report Designer: A button to import a report, overwriting the current report, was added next to the Export button.
Release 05/16/2019
API 2.0.13-Hotfix.3
WEB 2.0.12-Hotfix.4
AUTH 2.0.13-Hotfix.1
API Service
ADDED: Customer Card: Customers may now be marked as Ship Complete, which will roll down to the sales document level.
ADDED: Customer Card: Discount and Discount Type fields were added to customers and will be automatically applied to any sales document that this customer is assigned to.
ADDED: Customer Class: 'Ignore Shipping Writeback' has been added to customer class.
ADDED: Purchase Advisor: Sort by cost, reorder point qty, and qty to purchase.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Documents may now be marked as Ship Complete, preventing the sales document from being split or partially invoiced.
ADDED: Setup: Customer Class: Discount and Discount Type fields were added to Customer Classes and will roll down into any customers assigned to this class.
ADDED: Setup: Payment Terms: Several new options for Payments Term, including a specific date, end of next month, and end of quarter, were added.
FIXED: App Wide: Payments: Payment response includes further error messages if a payment is processed properly but fails to save.
FIXED: Dynamic Grid Reports: Open Purchase Orders By Purchase Lines: Any purchase order which is not closed, canceled, or fully invoiced now appears in this report.
FIXED: Integration: Google Drive: Google Drive folders are now generated on initial integrations.
FIXED: Purchase Advisor: Qty to purchase will not be removed on sort.
FIXED: Purchase Advisor: Scroll will continue to work after changing a vendor.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Landed Cost: Landed Costs can no longer be applied to work orders.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Purchase orders linked to over-received purchase receipts will no longer be marked as closed.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Work orders will now correctly transfer inventory from multiple warehouses when transferring components to a vendor.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Invoicing a purchase receipt line with spread cost supported at the line level but not the item master will preserve that setting when invoicing.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Landed Cost Links: Users can now delete duplicate landed costs if one of them has been invoiced.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Spread cost support against sub-penny unit cost amounts will no longer generate sub-penny spread cost adjustment amounts.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Changing the customer and then emailing via workflow will no longer send the email to the original customer.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Forwarding sales documents through workflow rules with email actions will correctly send emails when using batch processing.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Line Discounts: Lines that qualify for a Price List will now show the discount applied on the line.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Printed Reports: Default Pick Ticket: LineWeight will now calculate correctly for non-base Unit of Measure lines.
FIXED: Setup: Workflow: Emails generated through workflow will now have the correct subject, regardless of transaction type.
IMPROVED: Customer Card: 'Ignore Shipping Writeback' has been migrated from the shipping contact to customer and sales document.
IMPROVED: Customer Search: Data Import: If set, the Customer Class will roll down its fields to corresponding unset customer fields.
IMPROVED: International: Transaction Entry: Taxes: Toggling Tax Type no longer affects the Unit Price/Cost.
UPDATED: App Wide: Grids: Exported grids will now save as Microsoft Excel (.xlsx) files.
UPDATED: Dynamic Grid Reports: Open Purchase Orders By Purchase Lines: There are now columns for Purchasing Status and Req Ship Date.
UPDATED: Emailing: Newly created security groups without admin permissions now have permission to email by default.
UPDATED: Integration: QBO: Receipt Journal Entries: Shipping amounts that are set to spread across items now additionally attempt to pull from the system default expense account if no expense account is set on the Shipping Item Master.
UPDATED: Receipt Entry: Posting a receipt with a shipping amount higher than its subtotal amount is now supported when using a separate freight vendor.
UPDATED: Report Designer: Report printing options are now set per report at the template level, rather than before printing.
UPDATED: Reports: When emailing reports, the name of the report will be used for the attachment, rather than just "Report".
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Payment: Payments on sales documents are allowed if there is no other reason to stop payments on this document but the Payment Type on the Payment Method isn't set.
UPDATED: Setup: Payment Method: The requirement for Payment Type was removed.
UPDATED: Setup: UofM: Attempting to set the last active UofM Schedule as inactive is now prevented.
UPDATED: System Settings: Ebay Settings: Ebay settings are now hidden.
Integrator
ADDED: Integration: Sellbrite: The ability to delete Item and Warehouse maps was added.
FIXED: Integration: Sellbrite: Connection audits when setting imports from True to False are now logged.
FIXED: Integration: Shopify: Inventory Adjustment imports will no longer fail to import for new items with inventory quantity.
IMPROVED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Matching existing entities to imported entities was improved.
IMPROVED: Integration: Sellbrite: User Field Mappings more accurately communicate their requirements to be saved.
Web
ADDED: Assembly Transaction Entry: Users can now copy assemblies with proper security.
ADDED: Inventory Search: Standard Cost and Purchase Cost can now be selected on the Inventory grid.
ADDED: Item Card: Vendor Items: Unit Cost is now set from the first selected Item.
ADDED: Sales Document Search: There is now a Hide Historical Sales Documents checkbox.
CHANGED: Item Card: Item Number is no longer displayed when creating a Vendor Item from an Item.
CHANGED: Item Card: Vendor Items: Item Number is now the first selection when creating a Vendor Item for a Vendor.
FIXED: App Wide: Grids: Core input fields no longer show through secondary tab grids.
FIXED: Customer Card: Copy to Vendor: Copying a customer to a vendor no longer triggers a message saying that it is unsupported.
FIXED: Dynamic Grid Reports: Reports now display in the saved column order.
FIXED: Email Template Manager: The Email Template Editor now expands to fill the page.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Qty Fulfilled and Qty Allocated are no longer editable in the grid.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Lot-tracked items can now be fully assigned if they are being received in a non-base Unit of Measure.
FIXED: Receipt Search: Batch Post: When the 'Automatically Generate Vendor Invoice' setting is set to Never, the Vendor Invoice Generator prompt will no longer show when batch posting receipts.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Alerts: Any changes made to an alert will now be reflected in the header without needing to refresh.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Payments: Excessive network requests have been eliminated.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Payments: Manual payments will now reduce the default PayFabric transaction amount.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Payments: Visiting the Payments tab no longer locks the sales document.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Audit grid now scrolls without overlapping content.
FIXED: Setup: Screens will properly scroll when needed.
FIXED: The Login directory now correctly redirects to the Login page.
FIXED: Vendor Card: Copy to Customer: Copying a vendor to a customer no longer triggers a message saying that it is unsupported.
FIXED: Vendor Card: Updating the Vendor Class on an existing vendor now updates the Shipping Method on its contact as well.
REMOVED: Sales Document Entry: Tracking Info: Because this grid doesn't support exporting, the Export button was removed.
UPDATED: Integration: Sellbrite: The network timeout extends from 9 seconds to 15 seconds when opening the integration page.
UPDATED: Inventory Transaction Entry: Line Items: SKU and UPC columns don't show in the grid unless their entry is enabled in the menu.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: Line Items: SKU and UPC columns don't show in the grid unless their entry is enabled in the menu.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Line Items: SKU and UPC columns don't show in the grid unless their entry is enabled in the menu.
UPDATED: Sales Monitors: The performance of long-running monitors was improved.
UPDATED: Transaction Entry: The line filter row no longer applies when not visible.
Release 04/23/2019
API 2.0.11-Hotfix.3
Auth 2.0.12
Sellbrite 1.0.6
Zapier 1.0.3
Web 2.0.11-Hotfix.1
API Service
ADDED: Customer Card: Customer Number was added.
ADDED: Data Imports: Customers: UDF support was added.
ADDED: Data Imports: Items: UDF support was added.
ADDED: Data Imports: Transaction Lines: UDF support was added.
ADDED: Data Imports: Transactions: UDF support was added.
ADDED: Data Imports: Vendors: UDF support was added.
ADDED: Purchase Order Card: Vendor Number was added.
ADDED: Purchase Receipt Card: Vendor Number was added.
ADDED: Sales Document Card: Customer Number was added.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Printed Reports: A SummarySalesLineItems collection is now available in the sales document dataset. When printing or emailing an order or invoice, this collection shows all sales line items on related open sales documents and related posted invoices, including the current sales document, if it meets that criteria. When printing or emailing a return, this collection shows all sales line items on that return and related returns. For other sales documents, this collection shows the document's own line items.
ADDED: Settings: Stock Count: A default field to use for calculating stock count variance was added.
ADDED: Setup: Workflow: The Always condition is now available for all workflow types.
ADDED: Stock Count Entry: A Variance Field was added to change how finished stock counts calculate variance.
ADDED: Vendor Card: Vendor Number was added.
FIXED: App Wide: Emails sent to users regarding background tasks are now more consistent.
FIXED: Assembly Transaction Entry: Lines that were fulfilled from a linked assembly can now be deleted.
FIXED: Inventory Reconcile: Requests are once again processed.
FIXED: Item Card: The Spread Cost Support option is no longer be available for Non-inventory Tracked Type items.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Items with components now update cost when component quantities are changed.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Line Item Entry: Linking purchase order lines to sales document lines now accounts for partially linked posted documents.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Users will no longer receive a "Queued save failed" error when attempting to add an item with a Tax Code to the document but the 'Line Level Taxes' setting in Company is disabled.
FIXED: Purchase Orders Entry: Items with components now show calculated costs when added.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Users will no longer receive a "Queued save failed" error when attempting to add an item with a Tax Code to the document but the 'Line Level Taxes' setting in Company is disabled.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: If an order is partially invoiced, the open order will not have any 0 quantity line items resulting from line items which were fully invoiced.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Line Item Entry: Splitting a partially fulfilled dropship order will now associate the fulfillment with the correct document.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Line items with 0 quantity will not prevent an order from being considered fully invoiced.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When printing or emailing a sales document which is part of a partial invoice, the summary fields will account for all open sales documents which are part of that partial invoice.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Workflow: Specifying the number of copies on the Print workflow action now works as expected.
FIXED: Settings: Default Tax Code: The default tax code now updates when making changes to the tax code.
FIXED: Vendor Invoice Entry: Vendor invoices will no longer fail to post after you change the price of a service item.
IMPROVED: Data Import: Leading and trailing whitespace is now trimmed automatically.
IMPROVED: Sales Document Entry: Messaging when a document is in an actionable state was improved.
UPDATED: Integration: ShipStation: Email address and phone number are now sent.
UPDATED: Printed Reports: Default Item Label: Barcodes reference the base UPC of the UPC collection.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Printed Reports: When printing or emailing a Sales Document report, there is now an Include Summary Information option, which defaults to unchecked. If checked, the summary fields on sales documents and sales line items will be loaded, along with the SummarySalesLineItems collection.
Auth Service
REMOVED: Mange Organization: The Reactivate Subscription button was removed.
Integrator
ADDED: Sales Document Search: Import: Contact Methods for the Billing and Shipping Contacts have been added.
FIXED: Integration: Sellbrite: An issue which would prevent orders from being imported correctly when the Customer Per Address option was chosen for the 'Customer Import Option' setting was resolved.
FIXED: Integration: Sellbrite: Issues with new user field mappings not functioning properly were resolved.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Initial inventory import once again pulls the correct average inventory costs.
REMOVED: Integration: Sellbrite: Item inventory mappings were removed.
UPDATED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Estimates are imported as Historical regardless of status.
Web
ADDED: App Wide: Resources Tabs: Files in the Google Drive trash are no longer visible in resources.
ADDED: App Wide: Resources Tabs: Resource deletion was added.
ADDED: Inventory Search: Standard Cost and Purchase Cost can now be selected for the Inventory grid.
ADDED: Login: Signing into a new company in a tab will reload all old tabs, when the tabs are used.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Switching customers now prompts the user for confirmation.
ADDED: Sales Document Search: When all sales documents being printed are of the same Sales Document Type, printing from the search screen now uses default reports.
ADDED: Settings: Date Format: Displayed dates are now configurable.
FIXED: App Wide: Column Picker: The mouse-wheel scroll for column pickers in a drawer was fixed.
FIXED: App Wide: Grid layouts are no longer saved right after loading.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Currency columns update when the vendor is updated.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: The Cancel button on the Generate Vendor Invoice prompt properly cancels generation.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Void label display was fixed.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Tracking Number: Tracking number deletions now display error messages on failure, instead of success messages.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When clicking the eye icon near the quantity of a serial or lot tracked line item, if the picker drawer fails to open due to an error, the app will report that an error occurred.
FIXED: Setup: Employees: Employee tab visibility is now enabled with POS company settings.
IMPROVED: Customer Card: Payments on Historical invoices or returns can be credited/voided/deleted.
IMPROVED: Reports: Tooltips for each report have been added.
IMPROVED: Sales Document Entry: Payments on Historical invoices or returns can be credited/voided/deleted.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: 'Is Shipping Taxable' can now only be selected for companies integrated with a non-US QuickBooks Online company.
UPDATED: Reports: Grids: Autofilter rows are now case insensitive.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: 'Is Shipping Taxable' can now only be selected for companies integrated with a non-US QuickBooks Online company.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Line item grids no longer reload after every change.
Release 04/08/19
API 2.0.9-Hotfix.4
Integration
FIXED: Integrations: Shopify: Customers importing with duplicate names from another system now match correctly.
FIXED: Integrations: Shopify: Credit card payments once again save correctly.
Release 04/02/2019
API 2.0.9-Hotfix.2
Integrator
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Historical sales documents once again import.
Release 03/29/2019
API 2.0.9 Hotfix
CHANGED: Reports: Historical Inventory Stock Status: Warehouse has temporarily been condensed to All in order to display accurate stock statuses.
Release 03/29/2019
Web 2.0.9-Hotfix.3
Web
FIXED: Customer Card: PayFabric Wallet: The PayFabric Wallet once again appears.
Release 03/22/2019
API 2.0.9-Hotfix.1
API Service
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When added to documents with Price Levels, new lines will now correctly calculate price.
Release 03/21/2019
API 2.0.8
Auth 2.0.11
Sellbrite 1.0.4
Web 2.0.9-Hotfix.2
API Service
ADDED: Price Line: Price Line imports from spreadsheets were added.
ADDED: Setup: Entity Number: Users can now create new entity numbers in the Setup screen.
ADDED: Setup: Purchase Order Type: Users can now change which entity number a Purchase Document Type uses.
ADDED: Setup: Sales Document Type: Users can now change which entity number a Sales Document Type uses.
FIXED: Adjustments: Line Items: Editing a voided adjustment will no longer duplicate line items.
FIXED: Adjustments: Notes: Notes can now be edited on posted adjustments.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Switching Tax Type from inclusive to exclusive and back now calculates more accurately.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Receipt lines linked to purchase lines can once again be deleted.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales Order Processing to Purchase Order Processing: When purchasing a sales line item which has Dropship checked, if that item has a vendor item, the vendor item's Unit Cost will be used instead of the sales line item's Unit Cost.
FIXED: Stock Count: Lines: Deleting a line with a serial/lot number now works correctly.
FIXED: T/e UofM field on invoice lines can now be changed.
UPDATED: Purchasing: Work order line items now display the correct Unit Cost. Parent items calculate cost from component lines.
UPDATED: Receiving: The receipt line Location can now be changed to any Location, even if the receipt line is linked to a purchase order line.
UPDATED: Workflows: Workflow emailing now supports email templates.
Integrator
FIXED: Cost Adjustments: Inventory Out transactions will now debit and credit the correct accounts.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: If a customer in QuickBooks Online has a Display Name identical to a Customer Name in the company which QuickBooks Online is integrated to, those two customers will be linked regardless of their billing addresses.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: If a customer or vendor is given the same name as a customer, vendor, or employee in QuickBooks Online, the export error will auto-resolve by appending text to the end of the customer or vendor name.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: If a user creates a Payment Method outside of QuickBooks Online and assigns it to a sales document or sales document payment, that Payment Method will successfully export to QuickBooks Online, along with the sales document.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: The integration history will no longer show imports in situations where no imports actually occurred.
FIXED: Integrations: Sellbrite: A quantity of 0 is no longer exported for non-inventory tracked items.
FIXED: Integrations: Sellbrite: A situation which caused items in Sellbrite to duplicate was removed.
FIXED: Integrations: Sellbrite: Grids with many rows now scroll correctly.
FIXED: Integrations: Sellbrite: Orders: If a user configures orders to import after the integration has already run at least once, orders from before the Last Scheduled Integration time will no longer fail to import.
FIXED: Integrations: Sellbrite: User mappings can be cleared.
UPDATED: Integrations: Sellbrite: Audits: The Created On column now shows a time, in addition to a date.
Web
ADDED: Assembly Transaction Entry: Linked Sales/Assembly Lines Tab: Displays any sales lines or assembly lines that are linked to the Assembly.
ADDED: Assembly Transaction Entry: Links Tab: Display any assemblies that are linked to any of the current assembly's lines.
ADDED: PayLink: A button was added to the integration page to direct the user to the PayLink settings.
FIXED: Company Selection: "Test" no longer displays on company name hover.
FIXED: Customer Interactions: Interactions will open correctly on double-click.
FIXED: Grids: Item Entry Editor: The editor will no longer search twice, moving the focused cell, when the user is entering in text.
FIXED: Grids: The auto-filter row will now save correctly.
FIXED: PayFabric: The PayFabric page will no longer cover the Cancel button.
FIXED: PayFabric: Users will no longer be able to cancel an active transaction.
FIXED: PayLink: An error that would sometimes cause the PayLink integration to fail to write back to SalesPad Cloud was fixed.
FIXED: PayLink: The Device Password box now properly hides the password.
FIXED: Reports: Reports is not added to the Recent Pages dropdown.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Payments: PayFabric payments no longer duplicate entries.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The document will refresh after a transfer.
FIXED: Settings: Price Level: The Column picker now works consistently on Price Level grids in Settings.
FIXED: Settings: The 'Default Email' setting will properly populate the list of emails.
FIXED: Tabs: When adjusting the window size, tabs no longer duplicate.
IMPROVED: App Wide: Fields/Columns referring to Item Number as "Item #" or "Number" have been updated to "Item Number," including on the Data Import templates and the Data Import Wizard.
UPDATED: Payment Terms and Shipping Method fields are now available on estimates.
UPDATED: Purchase Order: The columns pertaining to taxes in the line item grid are now hidden in a non-international company.
UPDATED: Reports: Inventory Valuation: Can now be filtered by Valuation Method.
UPDATED: The Terms and Conditions navigation link has been removed.
UPDATED: App Wide: Transaction Line Item Lookup: Entering text will no longer automatically open the item search. If a single result would be found, that item is automatically chosen and added to the document. Otherwise, pressing Enter or Tab after entering the start of the search, or clicking the down arrow to the right of the cell, will open up the item search. Alternatively, pressing the down arrow on a keyboard or using the down arrow to the right of the cell will open up the item search without entering in text.
Release 02/27/2019
API 2.0.7-Hotfix.8
Web 2.0.8-Hotfix.3
Auth 2.0.9
API Service
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: i18n: Price Levels and price lists no longer convert the fixed values to home currency.
FIXED: Dynamic Grid Reports: The QBO To Cloud Purchase Receipt Matching report now shows links to both vendor invoices and purchase receipt journal entries.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Workflow: Email Action: An error where emails sometimes weren't being sent has been fixed.
FIXED: Security: Security groups are now created with the correct defaults.
FIXED: Purchase Advisor: The Purchase Advisor will no longer create duplicate purchase orders.
Auth Service
ADDED: Manage Organization: After a user cancels their subscription, a notification will display.
FIXED: Billing: Test data was removed.
FIXED: Company Management: Buttons are disabled while an action is in progress.
Web
FIXED: Customer Card: Wallet: The Wallet tab will no longer be hidden when SalesPad Cloud is connected to PayFabric.
Release 02/26/2019
Web 2.0.8-Hotfix.2
Web
FIXED: Setup: Workflow: Actions: The Print action can now be selected when connected to Google Drive.
Release 02/22/2019
Web 2.0.8-Hotfix.1
Web
FIXED: Integrations: Google Drive: The Resources tabs will now appear again.
Release 02/19/2019
Web: 2.0.8
Web
FIXED: Assembly Entry: A intermittent error that occurred when opening the Assembly screen has been fixed.
Release 02/18/2019
Web 2.0.7
Web
FIXED: App Wide: Tab titles will show the correct information.
FIXED: Email Screen: The From Email field was renamed as Reply To Email.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: The Settings cog icon now reads "Settings" when hovered over.
FIXED: Customer Card: The Customer AR tab will now display the correct currency symbol.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Serial tracked items no longer display a duplicate serial error icon when the serials are all unique.
FIXED: Setup: The UofM page now renders as expected.
ADDED: Assembly Transaction Card: There is now an Audits tab.
ADDED: Setup: POS Employee: Users now have the option to edit a user's POS pin number.
Release 02/18/2019
API 2.0.5
AUTH 2.0.5
WEB 2.0.4
POS SERVER 1.3.14-1
API Service
ADDED: Assembly workflow: There are now rule conditions for checking fulfillment, linked sales/assembly lines, and warehouses.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Printing: Sales document reports now have access to the Payment and PaymentApplication datasets.
ADDED: Security: Assembly Transactions: Create/Link Assembly - Determines if the group has permission to create/link assembly transactions on pre-assembled bundle line items.
ADDED: Security: Sales: Create/Link Assembly - Determines if the group has permission to create/link assembly transactions on pre-assembled bundle line items.
ADDED: Setup: Workflow: The Assembly Email workflow action now has Send To options.
ADDED: Setup: Workflow: There are now workflow rule conditions for Sales Document Type and Purchase Order Type.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: Non-inventory assembly transaction lines will now be allocated and fulfilled correctly.
FIXED: Customers: A/R: Customer balance and aging will not calculate incorrectly in situations such as the customer only having return documents.
FIXED: Data Imports: Errors are now more consistently reported.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Payments imported from QuickBooks Online will have the correct origin.
FIXED: Integration: Quickbooks: If they are marked to be spread when no lines support spread cost, shipping and discount amounts no longer disappear when exported.
FIXED: Inventory Reconciliation: Items with Item Numbers greater than 100 characters will not cause inventory reconciliation to fail.
FIXED: POS: If a return is completed with the Store Credit option in POS, the customer's balance in POS will be decreased by the amount on the return, once the return is posted.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: i18n: Taxability is once again copied from the Item Master.
FIXED: Purchase Order Search: Data Imports: If a purchase line item has a Unit Cost specified in a spreadsheet import, that line item will keep that Unit Cost instead of recalculating it.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Line: Disabling Spread Cost Supported will now set the Spread Discount and Shipping Amount columns to 0.
FIXED: Receiving Entry: Exchange rates are now correctly applied to item costs when receiving items in a foreign currency.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Updating the bundle's Quantity correctly updates the component's Quantity, if a non-base UofM is applied to the bundle.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Voiding an estimate with lines that have never had inventory records will now complete as expected.
FIXED: Stock Count Entry: A lot-tracked item may no longer have multiple count entries with the same lot number and bin combination.
FIXED: Stock Count Entry: Adjustments now generate as expected for inactive/discontinued items.
FIXED: Vendor Invoice Entry: Changes made to the Unit Cost of an item in a vendor invoice are now reflected in the Inventory Summary screen after posting the vendor invoice.
FIXED: Vendor Invoice Entry: Posting: Cost changes that affect linked transactions outside of purchase receipts will now process changes as expected.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Changing the UofM on a purchase receipt line no longer converts the quantity value to the new UofM.
UPDATED: Receipt Entry: Line serial/lot assignment will no longer allow users to assign a Quantity greater than what is on the purchase receipt line.
Integrator
ADDED: Integration: PayLink: New integration to PayLink (part of PayFabric).
ADDED: Integration: Sellbrite: New integration is available with an invite.
ADDED: Integration: Zapier: New integration is available with an invite.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks: International purchase receipt line amounts are now converted to home currency on journal entries.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks: Purchase receipts no longer duplicate when voiding a linked vendor invoice.
FIXED: Integration: Shopify: The Shopify integration has been cleaned up and will now import and export documents as expected.
UPDATED: Integration: QuickBooks: Estimates are no longer imported with read-only lines.
UPDATED: Integration: ShipStation: Transient API errors from ShipStation no longer result in the integration being turned off.
Web
ADDED: Purchase Order Entry: Outsourced work tab and screens.
ADDED: Receipt Entry: Landed cost tab.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: On-The-Fly assembly creation and linkage.
ADDED: Setup: SMTP email support.
FIXED: App-Wide: Grid Entry: Next-cell focus was added for after entering a dropdown selection.
FIXED: App-Wide: Grids: All grids will expand properly with left-hand navigation toggling.
FIXED: Dynamic Grid Reports: All grid reports are accessible.
FIXED: Item and Stock Count cards will no longer have missing tabs.
FIXED: Item Card: Tax Schedule is now available for editing on international companies.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Bundle components will correctly show up on sales document entry.
FIXED: Security: Default security permissions now match saved permissions.
FIXED: Stock Count Entry: The Serial and Lot Number field in the Assignment Drawer grid will not revert changes after selection.
FIXED: Stock Count Entry: The Serial Lot Number dropdown on the Serial Lot Counting screen will no longer show duplicate lot numbers.
FIXED: Vendor Invoice: The lines on a posted vendor invoice are no longer editable.
UPDATED: Adjustment Entry: Adjustment Out transactions now filter the From Bin dropdown to bins with available inventory.
UPDATED: Printing: Reports are now listed in alphabetical order.
UPDATED: Reports: Now accessible on the left navigation panel and organized differently.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Old Links tab that held documents with the same master ID is now found on the Related Documents tab.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Linked Purchase Orders tab is now Links.
UPDATED: Vendor Invoice Entry: Taxability and Tax Schedule are now editable.
Release 01/24/2019
API 1.6.5
AUTH 1.2.10
WEB 1.2.22
API Service
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Line Linking: Closed purchase order lines no longer appear when linking sales lines to existing purchase orders.
Web
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Eye icon displays correctly.
Release 01/23/2019
API 1.6.3
AUTH 1.2.10
WEB 1.2.21
API Service
FIXED: Receipt Entry: An issue where voiding a purchase receipt that contained a line that corresponds to a partially or fully received line on a purchase order would incorrectly recalculate the quantity received on that purchase order line has been fixed.
Web
FIXED: App-Wide: Security-limited tabs will once again not appear in tabs.
Release 11/30/2018
API 1.6.0
AUTH 1.2.10
WEB 1.2.20
API Service
ADDED: Printing: An Item UPC table was added to the Item Master Report dataset.
ADDED: Receipt Entry: Spread Shipping and Spread Discount functionality can now be used in international companies.
ADDED: Setup: Locations: A setting for Default Transfer Bin has been added.
FIXED: Item Card: Inventory Movement View: Serial/lot movements were are more accurate.
FIXED: Item Card: When the user enters a new item with a negative cost, the cost will be adjusted to positive and the item will now save as expected.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Unit Cost will now calculate properly when changing the vendor.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Audits will now properly format their total to two decimal places.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Payments: PayFabric: Capturing a payment on a posted sales document will once again bring in the remaining transaction amount.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Payments: PayFabric: Posted sales documents will now once again have payment information written back.
UPDATED: App Wide: Data Imports: Data definitions without a group now default to global.
UPDATED: Receipt Entry: Spread Cost no longer attempts to fill the last line with any excess, but leaves that amount in the Spread Cost Adjustment Amount header field.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Line level taxes will no longer truncate taxes calculated. They will instead perform a banker's round.
UPDATED: Stock Count Entry: Child Stock Count results can now be opened in a read-only Stock Count card.
Integrator
FIXED: Integration: Quick Books Online: Company names longer than 50 characters will now import correctly.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Counts of imported entities over 100 now save more consistently.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Lines that have been deleted from sales transactions in QuickBooks Online and also created on sales transactions originating from QuickBooks Online now propagate down.
UPDATED: Customer Card: The Company Name field now supports up to 100 characters.
Web
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: A user setting was added to open Search after forwarding a document.
FIXED: App Wide: Data Import: Selecting a saved mapping will no longer duplicate fields in the list.
FIXED: App Wide: Transaction lines no longer show Bin columns if there aren't any bins associated with the company.
FIXED: Customer Entry: When entering a Shipping contact, if a Contact Method is not given a usage, its usage will default to Accepted instead of giving a "Client side validation errors encountered" error message.
FIXED: Item Master: Components: The Unit Cost field will only be shown for non-inventory items.
FIXED: Sales Document: Auto filters properly persist after sales lines are modified.
FIXED: Security: Tooltips will correctly show for security warnings.
FIXED: Setup: Price Level: The Currency field on the Price Level Setup screen now populates as expected.
UPDATED: App wide: Tabs now shrink in size when the window size is changed, and, if a tab doesn't fit within the screen size, it is removed and added to a caret button.
UPDATED: Item Card: The Unit Cost column on the Components grid is now read-only.
UPDATED: Stock Count Entry: The Serial and Lot Number field on the Assignment Drawer grid is now an autocomplete field.
Release 11/21/2018
API 1.4.0-Hotfix.6
AUTH 1.2.10
WEB 1.2.18
API Service
ADDED: Purchase Order Entry: The ability to insert lines above or below an existing line on the line items grid was added.
FIXED: Assembly Transaction Entry: Printing: All assembly transaction lines will now show up on printed reports, instead of just on the first line.
FIXED: Customer Search: Data Import: Tax Schedules on contacts will now import correctly.
FIXED: Inventory Search: Data Import: Importing more than 100 entries no longer causes issues with UPC or Restock Plan column mappings.
FIXED: Inventory Transactions: Transfers: Changing the From warehouse in binned configurations will no longer fail to switch allocation/fulfillment information on the line.
FIXED: Inventory Transactions: Transfers: Changing the From warehouse in binned configurations will no longer falsely mark inventory as fulfilled.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Adding an empty bundle to a purchase order will no longer throw a save error.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Lines may no longer be given a negative unit cost.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Receiving a released purchase order no longer gives the purchase order a Change Order status.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Adding an empty bundle to a purchase receipt will no longer throw a save error.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Lines may no longer be given a negative unit cost.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Posting: Purchase orders will no longer close out if a vendor invoice posts at the same time as a purchase receipt.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Batch forwarding documents with an Emailing workflow action once again works as expected.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Returns: If a line item used for a return or refund has a discount, that discount will carry over to the return or refund line item as a Discount Percent.
FIXED: Vendor Invoice Entry: Posting a vendor invoice that runs into a transient or application logic error will no longer lock that invoice into a Posting state.
UPDATED: Setup: Price Levels: Currency can now be configured in the Price Level Setup screen.
Integrator
ADDED: Item Card: Variant item generation will generate unique SKUs for each child item based on the parent item's SKU.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Freight is now handled more consistently between spread and non-spread cost.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Spreading freight/discount will now correctly include offsetting lines on vendor invoices (including in the case of a freight vendor).
FIXED: Integration: ShipStation: Newly connected companies once again create correct WebHooks.
FIXED: Integrations: QuickBooks Online: An issue with vendor invoice exports not exporting Line Description with Item Types was fixed.
FIXED: Integrations: QuickBooks Online: Exporting entities were improved in order to reduce the amount of potential error scenarios.
UPDATED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Imported estimates now come over in an actionable state. Updates to those documents will not be re-exported, however.
Web
FIXED: Navigation Pane: The Assembly icon color was fixed.
FIXED: Navigation Pane: The Stock Count icon color was fixed.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Cancelling a quantity change on a linked line item no longer causes the line to temporarily disappear.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Link Linking: A Success notification will no longer be shown when no changes are made via the linked drawer.
UPDATED: Login: Links now point to www.cavallo.com
UPDATED: Setup: Item Class: System was removed as an available Item Type option when creating or editing existing Item Classes.
Release 11/02/2018
API 1.2.26-Hotfix.40
AUTH 1.2.9
WEB 1.2.17
POS 1.3.11
API Service
ADDED: Report Designer: New datatable, SalesDocumentDataset: SalesDocument.SalesLineItems.SalesLineFulfillments.Bin, was added to the Grid Report Designer to display the value chosen in the Serial Picker drawer for the given line.
Integrator
FIXED: Vendor Invoice Entry: Updating cost will now balance purchases clearing and offsetting accounts as expected.
FIXED: Vendor Invoice Entry: Using non-base UofMs will now calculate accounts and inventory values as expected.
Release 10/10/2018
API 1.2.26
AUTH 1.2.9
WEB 1.2.17
POS 1.3.3
API Service
ADDED: Printed Reports: Item images are now available under Item Masters.
ADDED: Receiving Search: The Purchase Receipt Type was added.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Partially received purchase orders can now be closed without breaking links to sales lines. However, those links will be reduced to the received quantity.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Receiving more than what is on a purchase line item now correctly stops updating Quantity Received on the purchase line item.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: The Apply Tax After Discount value will always be False.
FIXED: Setup: Inventory Reconcile: Quantity purchasing will now properly exclude over-receipt.
FIXED: Setup: Workflow: Rules: The Has Invoiced Qty condition has been removed, since open documents cannot meet that condition.
UPDATED: Receipt Entry: Posting will now properly reset when running into latency issues.
Integrator
CHANGED: Item Master: Items with parents will now save and export to QBO correctly.
FIXED: Integrations: QuickBooks: Purchase receipt journal entries will now use the expense account associated with non-inventory tracked items.
UPDATED: Integration: ShipStation: When importing a shipment from ShipStation, the items included in the tracking number will be tied to that tracking number.
UPDATED: Setup: Tax Codes: Editing a Tax Code's name/description no longer creates a new Tax Code.
Web
FIXED: Customer Card: Customer AR Tab: The Amount column is now formatted correctly.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: Spread Cost Adjustment Amount in multi-currency documents now shows the correct currency symbol.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Returns: If an invoice has a discount percentage and that invoice is used to create a return, the return will inherit the invoice's discount percentage.
FIXED: Setup: Price List: The Add by Item Class option from the dropdown saves correctly once again.
FIXED: Setup: User Defined Data Fields: A display error that occurred when discarding changes has been corrected.
Release 09/22/2018
PP API 0.9.3
PP Web 0.1.2
API 1.2.26-Hotfix.10
Auth 1.2.7
POS 1.3.2
Web 1.2.26-Hotfix.3
API Service
FIXED: Item Card: The Serial/Lot tab shows purchase receipt numbers more consistently.
FIXED: Receiving: Vendor invoices are now created with the proper origin.
Integrator
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks: Vendor invoices will now have associated purchase receipts at the line description level.
Release 09/14/2018
PP API 0.9.3
PP WEB 0.1.2
API 1.2.25
AUTH 1.2.27
POS 1.3.2
WEB 1.2.16
API Service
ADDED: Dynamic Grid Reports: An Inventory Stock by Post Date report was added.
ADDED: Purchase Receipt Entry: A new Purchase Receipt Type called a Vendor Invoice, which mirrors Vendor Bill in QuickBooks Online, was added.
ADDED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Vendor invoices can be generated off of purchase receipts from either the Entry or Search screens.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Splitting: New options for Needs Purchase - Backorder and Needs Purchase - Dropship were added that only split off quantities that haven't already been linked to purchase orders.
CHANGED: Purchase Receipt Posting: Purchase Receipt lines can now be posted when they have a quantity of 0.
FIXED: Assembly Transaction Entry: When manually adding serial or lot numbers, the Create Serial / Lot button will not give an "The serial/lot cannot be blank" error message.
FIXED: Customer Card: User defined field changes are once again audited.
FIXED: Item Card: Inventory Movement Tab: Missing transactions will no longer cause issues.
FIXED: Item Card: Items can no longer be set to Inactive if they are being backordered, purchased, adjusted in, or returned.
FIXED: Item Card: User defined field changes are once again audited.
FIXED: Item Card: Vendor Items: When creating a purchase order from the Vendor card's Items tab, the purchase order's line items will have the same Unit of Measures as the selected Vendor Items.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Adjusting UofM on a line multiple times now recalculates as expected.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Changing UofM to match a Vendor Item will correctly pull pricing from the new Vendor Item.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Clicking the line's Extended Cost without updating anything will no longer update the line's Unit Cost unexpectedly.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Qty Purchasing on the Item Master is now updated correctly when modifying the purchase line item's Location.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Copying an order with a Bundle item will now copy the component item quantities correctly.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Extended Cost now always rounds to the home currency's currency decimals.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales Order Processing to Purchase Order Processing: If a sales line item is linked to a single purchase line item with the same quantity and unit of measure, decreasing the quantity of the sales line item or increasing the quantity of either line item will consistently update the quantity of the linked line item.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transferring an order to an invoice no longer duplicates invoices.
FIXED: Sales Document Search: Batch Actions: Transferred documents will no longer lose Contact Methods.
FIXED: Setup: Customer Class: Duplicate names now give error feedback while saving.
FIXED: Setup: Item Class: Duplicate names now give error feedback while saving.
FIXED: Setup: Printed Reports: Item Label Reports which are not batched will generate a label for each line, instead of a single label with no data.
FIXED: Setup: Report Designer: Watermarks will be included when printing and emailing the report.
FIXED: Setup: Vendor Class: Duplicate names now give error feedback while saving.
FIXED: Vendor Card: User defined field changes are once again audited.
UPDATED: Dynamic Grid Reports: Customer Interactions: Location, Remind On, Is Complete, and Contact Person are now available columns.
UPDATED: Item Card: Items which have fewer Qty Decimals than the number of decimal places of any conversion factor belonging to the item's Unit of Measure Type have had their Qty Decimals increased to match the number of decimal places of the conversion factor with the most decimal places out of the Unit of Measures belonging to that item.
UPDATED: Item Card: Vendor Items: Multiple Vendor Items can no longer have the same combination of Vendor, Item Number, and Unit of Measure.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: The Tax Schedule field is now populated with the Primary Vendor Contact's Tax Schedule.
UPDATED: Purchase Orders: Import: Validating purchase order imports is now faster.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Posted purchase receipts no longer cause export records to be generated.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Forwarding: Forward steps are now shown to users after forwarding.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Forwarding: The user is returned to Search after forwarding.
UPDATED: Setup: Workflow: The "Has NonInventory Line" rule will now return True for all items types except for Inventory, Pre Assembled Bundle, and Gift Card, instead of just the Non-Inventory type.
Integrator
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks: Changes to Bundle items will no longer attempt to export to QuickBooks Online, since QuickBooks Online does not allow updating Bundle items via an integration.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks: If a Service item cannot have its type changed in QuickBooks Online, but the item's type is changed in SalesPad Cloud, SalesPad Cloud will automatically resolve the conflict by changing the item's type back to Service.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks: If an item's type is Inventory in both QuickBooks Online and SalesPad Cloud, changes to that item will successfully export instead of giving an "Item of type Inventory cannot be changed to Noninventory item type" error.
FIXED: Quickbooks Online Integration: Tax Rates which have an effective date will have their sales rate and purchase rate import into SalesPad Cloud successfully.
UPDATED: Data Imports: Customer: Spaces are no longer allowed at the beginning or end of names.
UPDATED: Data Imports: Sales Person: Spaces are no longer allowed at the beginning or end of names.
UPDATED: Data Imports: Vendor: Spaces are no longer allowed at the beginning or end of names.
Web
FIXED: Adjustment Entry: Assignment: The Bin column will only be shown for multi-bin Locations.
FIXED: Assembly Transaction Entry: An adjustment line will no longer be added when an assembly line is added using the Item Number lookup.
FIXED: Assembly Transaction Entry: Serial Lot Assignment: The Bin column will only be shown for multi-bin Locations.
FIXED: Customer Card: User defined field updates no longer time out.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: i18n: Unit Price and Home Unit Price no longer round the other when updated.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Serial Lot Assignment: The Bin column will only be shown for multi-bin Locations.
FIXED: Setup: Errors when creating new entities no longer cause the application to stall.
FIXED: Setup: Workflow: Batch Rules: Dro downs now properly use their search filter.
FIXED: Stock Count Entry: Serial Lot Assignment: The Bin column will only be shown for multi-bin Locations.
FIXED: Stock Count Entry: The Quantity drawer (indicated by an eye icon) will open on the first click.
FIXED: Stock Count Entry: The Serial Number drawer now only shows the selected line's stock count assignments.
FIXED: User Defined Fields: Checkbox UDFs will now show up correctly.
Release 08/21/2018
PP API 0.9.3
PP Web 0.1.2
API 1.2.23-Hotfix.6
AUTH 1.2.6
POS Server 1.3.1
Web 1.2.13-Hotfix.1
API Service
ADDED: Assembly Transactions: Serial and lot tracked component items are now managed via the same "eye" interface found on other transaction entry screens.
FIXED: Adjustment Entry: Attempting to manually apply inactive or discontinued items to an in adjustment will now show an error message stating that items with those status types can not be added as inventory transaction lines.
FIXED: Data Imports: Sales Document Entry: Importing sales lines with manual pricing will now maintain those prices.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks: Integrating with an international company will now force line-level taxes to be disabled.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks: Line-level taxes will no longer balance against the wrong account.
FIXED: Item Card: Vendor items will no longer save without a UofM.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Canceling a line now works as intended.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Canceling a purchase order is now prevented if there are open purchase receipts associated.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Deleting a purchase line with a linked purchase receipt now works as intended.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Fully or over-received lines can no longer be cancelled.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Imported purchase orders are now receivable.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Purchase orders will now only change status if important fields (such as Line Quantity, Workflow Batch, etc) change.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: i18n: Exchange rates now always multiply instead of dividing.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Returns & Refunds: Non-tracked items will have warehouse information roll down correctly from the parent line.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Returns with voided payments can now be posted.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Returns: Posting a return with payments results in documents without open amounts.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: SOP to POP: Receiving an item-less line that is linked to a sales document will now update the quantity received when the receipt is posted.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: UDFs are now transferred over with the document.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When updating the quantity on a bundle line item, the child line items will allocate automatically if the document and child line item can automatically allocate.
FIXED: Stock Count Entry: An error which could prevent stock count variance adjustments from being generated if one of the items on the stock count had inventory which was in an bad state has been prevented.
FIXED: Stock Count Entry: Generated variant adjustments no longer duplicate transaction numbers.
UPDATED: Assembly Transaction Entry: Lines in non-base UofM will no longer accept decimal values for quantity.
UPDATED: Customer Card: Data Imports: If only a single contact is entered, only one additional contact is created when updating a customer's contacts.
UPDATED: Dynamic Grid Reports: Reports will now load reliably.
UPDATED: Item Card: Inventory Movement Tab: Serial and lot tracked items now have more accurate quantities.
UPDATED: Printed Reports: Purchase order reports now load currency data members.
UPDATED: Printed Reports: Purchase receipt reports now load currency data members.
UPDATED: Printed Reports: Sales document reports now load currency data members.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: Canceling a line will now audit.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Modifying a purchase receipt line item which has Serial Lot Auto checked is now faster.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Users will be asked if they would like to keep their manually entered serial numbers when clicking the line's Serial Lot Auto checkbox.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Returns and refunds with serial or lot tracked inventory now prevent posting if serials or lots aren't set.
Integrator
FIXED: Integration: QBO: i18n: Receipt: Tax lines without Tax Codes now work as expected.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Purchase Receipt Export: The string length error that occurs when exporting purchase receipts was fixed.
FIXED: Integration: Quickbooks Online: Returns and refunds which have tax amounts will successfully export to Quickbooks Online, regardless of whether or not line level taxes are enabled.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: i18n: Item-less lines now always have a Tax Code set.
UPDATED: Setup: Payment Terms: Duplicate names are no longer allowed on Payment Terms.
Web
ADDED: Company Card: In a multi-currency company, the Company card now displays the home currency.
ADDED: Customer Search: A Contact Method section to the New Customer drawer.
ADDED: Vendor Search: A Contact Method section was added to the New Vendor drawer.
UPDATED: Stock Count Entry: If the Location has bins, there is now a message telling you how to open the Serial Lot Counting window when the total quantity counted was not assigned to bins.
UPDATED: Assembly Transaction Entry: Users will now be able to assign serial/lot numbers on assembly transactions for serial or lot tracked pre-assembled bundles.
UPDATED: Integration: The disconnect prompt now includes a message warning users that disconnecting from the integration will delete the integration history.
UPDATED: Inventory Search: Selling Price is now formatted as currency.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Search: The new Purchase Order dropdown now filters out Dropship document types.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Serial entry on receiving has increased visibility for duplicate serial numbers which would prevent the receipt from posting.
UPDATED: Settings: Line Level Taxes Enabled settings will no longer be listed under Company Settings for international companies.
UPDATED: Stock Count Entry: After editing the quantity counted, the Serial Lot Counting window will automatically appear.
UPDATED: Vendor Card: The new Purchase Order dropdown now filters out Dropship document types.
Release 07/02/2018
API 1.2.22-Hotfix.3
AUTH 1.2.5
WEB 1.2.12-Hotfix.3
POS 1.30
PP API 0.9.2
PP WEB 0.1.1
Integrator
FIXED: Integrator: ShipStation: Sending documents that contain decimal quantities for shipping now functions properly.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks: Internationalization: Documents exporting with different Tax Codes on lines and headers no longer balance tax amounts on journal entries against a default Tax Payable account.
UPDATED: Integration: QuickBooks: Sales documents imported from QuickBooks that use group items will now import as bundle lines.
API Service
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: For international companies, the Spread Shipping and Spread Discount fields were removed from the card header, and the Spread Cost Supported column was removed from the Line Items grid.
Web
FIXED: Assembly Transaction Entry: Updating the line's quantity to an invalid quantity will no longer causes the line to be removed from the Line Items grid.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Users will now be able to successfully update the header Location after deleting a line from the line items grid.
Release 06/19/2018
API 1.2.21
AUTH 1.2.5
POS 1.3.0
WEB 1.2.12
PP API 0.9.2
PP WEB 0.1.1
API Service
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Inserting lines above or below other lines will no longer cause an error.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Item-less lines will no longer cause an error.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: The Spread Shipping and Spread Discount fields were removed from the card header, and the Spread Cost Supported column was removed from the line items grid for international companies.
Integrator
FIXED: Integration: ShipStation: Having deleted shipments will no longer result in invalid credentials.
IMPROVED: Integration: QuickBooks: Account reference error information was updated.
UPDATED: Integration: QuickBooks: Bundle items will now import as bundle items rather than as non-inventory items.
UPDATED: Integration: QuickBooks: Sales document journal entries no longer include zero dollar tax lines.
Release 06/18/2018
API 1.2.20
WEB 1.2.12
AUTH 1.2.5
POS SERVER 1.3.0
PP API 0.9.2
PP WEB 0.1.1
API Service
ADDED: Purchase Order Entry: Printed Reports: Any linked sales document is now available under the purchase line item's sales-line-to-purchase-line link's sales line item, while also being available under the purchase order.
FIXED: Adjustment Entry: Adjustments may now be copied.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Changing the UofM Schedule on a line will now correctly recalculate line quantity.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Canceling a line will now update its Purchasing Status to "Canceled".
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Copying sales documents will now preserve the 'Use Billing Contact' setting.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Copying sales documents with bundles no longer throws errors.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Returns: Creating a return from a posted invoice or sales receipt should no longer have errors dealing with different warehouses or price levels.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Switching to a customer with a different Location on its Shipping Contact than the currently selected Location will update the document's Location.
UPDATED: App Wide: Printed Reports: Formatting filters will now apply correctly to UDFs.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: Void purchase lines now update their Purchasing Status to "Closed".
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Dropship sales lines no longer allow formal backordering; they're always considered fully fulfilled and purchasable.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Pricing now consistently recalculates when changing document properties.
Integrator
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks: i18n: Purchase receipts with shipping amounts will now export as expected.
Web
FIXED: Adjustment Entry: Lines will no longer disappear after changing the Location and saving.
FIXED: Adjustment Entry: Users will no longer need to manually refresh the Line Items grid to see the newly added serial / lot tracked item.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Splitting: Contact Methods will now properly copy from the original documents.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: Qty Change is no longer an available column to add to the Line Item grid.
Release 05/25/2018
API 1.2.15
AUTH 1.2.5
POS 1.3.0
PP API 0.9.2
PP WEB 0.1.1
WEB 1.2.9
API Service
ADDED: Setup: Payment methods can now be created and edited from the new Payment Method setup screen.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Changing the UofM Schedule on a line multiple times will now correctly recalculate unit cost.
FIXED: Inventory Search: Data Import: System Items are no longer imported in the Data Import Wizard.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Lines will once again delete as expected.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Lines will once again delete as expected.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Posting: Setting a vendor bill number when posting now sends that value on to QuickBooks.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Purchase receipts now post more consistently.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Assigning a customer to a sales document no longer unsets the document's location.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Printing: Documents that have been split and purchased will now print as intended.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Tax Schedule on a sales document will update to SPC No Tax Code if a tax-exempt customer is added to the document.
FIXED: Stock Count Entry: Inactive Item Masters can no longer be added to lines.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: The Tax Schedule field is now populated with the Primary Vendor Contact's Tax Schedule.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Toggling the Use Billing Contact option now resets the Shipping Contact back to the customer's primary Shipping Contact.
Web
FIXED: Customer Card: Contact Tab: Setting a primary billing or shipping contact using the actions at the top of the tab now correctly update the display contacts in the header.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Emailing: Recipients now load correctly when reopening documents.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Emailing: Recipients now load correctly when reopening documents.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Interaction Tab: Date fields are once again validated against each other.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Serial and Lot Fulfillment: Fulfilling against inventory stored in separate bins now more consistently fulfills from the user-selected bin.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Serial Lot Fulfillment: The Fulfillments Remaining field now more accurately shows the number of items needing to be fulfilled on large sales documents.
FIXED: Setup: Price Level: Price Level lines can now be set to inactive via the More Actions dropdown.
IMPROVED: Item Card: Edit Drawer: The Taxable and Tax Schedule fields are now physically closer.
IMPROVED: Setup: Price Lists is visible regardless of whether or not POS features are enabled.
Release 05/17/2018
API 1.2.12
AUTH 1.2.4
WEB 1.2.6
POS 1.3.0
PP API 0.9.1
PP WEB 0.1.0
API Service
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Assigning a customer to a sales document no longer unsets the document's location.
Web
ADDED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Item Number Lookup: Selecting a variant item will now display a grid in order to speed up entry.
ADDED: Item Card: Variants Tab: A tab to control and look up item variants was added.
ADDED: Item Master Entry: A new Item Type called Variant was added.
ADDED: Purchase Order Entry: Item Number Lookup: Selecting a variant item will now display a grid in order to speed up entry.
ADDED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Item Number Lookup: Selecting a variant item will now display a grid in order to speed up entry.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Item Number Lookup: Selecting a variant item will now display a grid in order to speed up entry.
Hotfix Release 05/08/2018
API 1.2.10-Hotfix.15
WEB 1.2.4-Hotfix.3
API Service
ADDED: Purchase Receipt Posting: Posting serial or lot-tracked lines now more accurately messages errors.
FIXED: App-Wide: When one user makes an edit on something that was also edited by another user, that situation will now be better communicated.
FIXED: Inventory Search: Quantity purchasing is now calculated more accurately, especially against purchase receipts.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Purchase lines now delete more reliably.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Receiving dropship purchase orders once again properly generates purchase receipts.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Due date will be calculated using the correct due date type based on the Payment Term.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Purchase receipt lines will once again be able to be deleted.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Voiding a purchase receipt with a linked purchase order once again reduces the quantity received on the purchase order line.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Due date will be calculated using the correct due date type based on the Payment Term.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Returns and refunds with document-level discount amounts once again subtract instead of add the amount.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: SOP To POP: Quantity backordered is now more reliably reduced by posting linked purchase receipts.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transferring documents now preserves the Use Billing Contact's state from the previous document.
UPDATED: Item Card Entry: The UofM Schedule decimal mismatch error message has been improved to more accurately reflect the issue.
Integrator
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks: Credit memos with multiple invoice applications now export correctly.
IMPROVED: Integration: Child entries that fail to export will no longer directly prevent a parent's export state.
Web
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Lot number quantities are no longer rounded.
Release 04/26/2018
API 1.2.9
AUTH 1.2.4
WEB 1.2.4
POS SERVER 1.2.1
PP API 0.9.1
PP WEB 0.1.0
API Service
ADDED: Company Setting: 'Line Level Taxes Enabled' enables tax group forming. Setting this to False will maintain backward compatibility.
ADDED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Tax codes can now be applied at the line level for US companies and form tax groups with header tax codes.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Formal posting restrictions on allocated/fulfilled inventory.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Tax codes can now be applied at the line level for US companies and form tax groups with header tax codes.
FIXED: Dynamic Grid Report: SalesByItemWithVendor report should now only use posted documents.
FIXED: Payment Methods: Users are no longer able to save duplicate Payment Methods.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Backordered Quantity no longer has rounding issues.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Edits are no longer allowed on voided documents.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Serial/Lot numbers now auto-generate on posting, rather than when the box is checked.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Voiding purchase receipts once again unlinks purchase orders and lines that were associated.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Partial invoicing a sales document now resets the shipping status on the document with the remaining quantity.
UPDATED: Grid Exports: For security reasons, all data that could be translated by spreadsheet applications into executable cells have been prefixed with a quote (') character.
UPDATED: Integration: QuickBooks: Exported sales refunds will be split into multiple refunds per payment type.
UPDATED: Integration: QuickBooks: Exported sales receipts will have their payment method tagged by the highest amount payment that was applied to the sales receipt.
UPDATED: Integration: QuickBooks: Summarized sales receipts will now be send over as invoices with multiple payments and payment applications.
UPDATED: Integration: QuickBooks: Summarized sales refunds will now send over a sales refund per payment type.
Web
FIXED: App-Wide: Using PayFabric Wallet no longer requires an application refresh.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Duplicate serial numbers will result in errors when attempting to post.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Payment Tab: Return and refund documents with payments associated with them once again load those payments on the pertinent tab.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Serial Lot Assignment: Serial lots are now ordered by date created.
Hotfix Release 04/12/2018
WEB: 1.2.3-Hotfix.2
API: 1.2.4-Hotfix.8
API Service
UPDATED: Transaction Entries: Non-base UofM lines that use a decimal conversion factor are no longer rejected when saving.
Web
FIXED: Item Card: Cost fields now display if proper security is enabled.
Hotfix Release 04/06/2018
API 1.2.4
API Service
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transfer: Newly added lines on sales documents will correctly transfer decimal quantities.
Release 04/05/2018
API 1.2.3
AUTH 1.2.2
WEB 1.2.2
POS Server 1.2.0
PP API 0.9.1
PP WEB 0.1.0
API Service
ADDED: Dynamic Grid Report: Inventory cost percentages were added.
ADDED: Item Card: Serial tracked items can no longer have a decimal placed UofM.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: The option to use Billing Contact for Shipping Contact was added.
ADDED: Workflow Action: A new worfkflow action to print documents to Google Docs was added.
FIXED: Adjustment Search: Users will no longer be able to batch void posted documents.
FIXED: Adjustments: When posting or forwarding a group of adjustments, if some of the adjustments cannot be posted or forwarded, the website will report that to the user.
FIXED: Assembly Transaction Entry: Lot tracked items with decimal placed UofMs will now fulfill correctly.
FIXED: Customer Card: Payments: Applying a payment to multiple invoices will no longer leave trace amounts left over.
FIXED: Data Imports: Users must now set a valid serial lot number when importing Out or Transfer type inventory adjustments.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: The Out and Transfer Line actions will now correctly recalculate unit and extended cost when switched to a smaller Unit of Measure.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Receipt link will now be deleted if the qty on the linked purchase receipt is less than 1.
FIXED: Purchases: When closing purchase orders via the lookup, the website will not try to close purchase orders which are already closed or read only.
FIXED: Purchases: When voiding or forwarding a group of purchase orders, if some of the orders cannot be voided or forwarded, the website will report that to the user.
FIXED: Report Designer: Users will now be notified if they have pending changes, giving them the option to either stay and save their changes or to leave.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Printed Reports: Emailing without a template now properly respects white space.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Printing: Return line fulfillments that track serial numbers are now available for printing.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transferring: Estimates transferring to orders or invoices will now properly bring along bundles or other non-tracked line types.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Users will now be able to manually fulfill serial or lot tracked items with non-base UofMs through the fulfillment drawer.
FIXED: Sales Document Search: Import: Line items with bundles that have no quantity specified will now import correctly.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Inactive items can be added to returns and refunds.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Origin is now properly set when creating returns or refunds from posted invoices.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Origin is now properly set when importing sales documents.
UPDATED: Report Designer: Header fields are now only editable through the Edit drawer.
Auth Service
FIXED: Manage Organization: If an organization owner ends up without a seat, they can now add and remove users via the Manage Org screen.
FIXED: Manage Organization: Removing a user from the manage organization screen will also remove the security user on the API server. Previously, these users would lose access to the company due to being removed from the organization, which would make managing user security confusing.
Integrator
FIXED: QuickBooks Integration: When applying a credit in QuickBooks that was created in SalesPad Cloud, the customer balance will be correct when the payment is imported.
Web
ADDED: Currency: The ability to create currencies has been added.
ADDED: Item Card: An Item Allocation tab was added to the item card. This new tab allows users to view what documents an item has been allocated on.
ADDED: Price Level Setup: New Price Level setup options were added.
ADDED: Security: Edit Unit Cost was added to the Sales Document Security component.
ADDED: Tax Agency Setup: The ability to create and edit tax agencies was added.
ADDED: Tax Schedule Setup: The ability to create and edit tax schedules and tax codes was added.
FIXED: Adjustment Entry: Line item grids can be exported once again.
FIXED: Employee Search: Refreshing the app while on the Employee search screen will no longer take users back to the Dashboard screen.
FIXED: Item Card: Serial/Lot Tab: Entering a date in the expiration field and tabbing off will now save correctly.
FIXED: Item Card: The Quantity Decimals field is no longer locked when creating a new item or editing an existing item.
FIXED: Navigation Search Visibility: Users that are part of a non-admin security group with no security enabled will no longer be able to see the POS setup pages.
FIXED: Navigation Search: Grid Menu, Sync Logs, and Till Drawer are now shown in the Navigation search.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: If the purchase order line quantity on a received purchase order is updated to an invalid quantity, the grid will set the quantity back to the original value after the save has failed.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Payments can no longer be made against posted sales receipts.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Pre-assembled bundles now have access to the fulfillment drawer.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Returns and refunds no longer have the Split action under the More Actions dropdown.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Returns: Users will now be properly redirected back to the search screen after a return has been voided.
REMOVED: Security: Edit Unit Cost was removed from the Global Security component.
UPDATED: Inventory Stock Search: Export options have been consolidated to one dropdown button, with CSV and PDF as format options.
UPDATED: Item Master Security: This security determines if the group has permission to access the Item Allocation tab.
Release 02/05/2018
API 1.2.1
AUTH 1.2.1
WEB 1.2.0
POS SERVER 1.2.0
PP API (Not newly deployed on current infrastructure)
PP WEB (Not newly deployed on current infrastructure)
Web
FIXED: Vendor Items Tab: Vendor item uniqueness is now enforced when creating and updating an existing vendor item.
UPDATED: Item Master: Valuation method is now defaulted when saving an item with a null valuation method.
Integration
ADDED: Settings: QuickBooks: A 'Disable Sales Document Override' setting, which allows the user to disable overriding documents modified in QuickBooks, was added.
Release 12/07/2017
API 1.1.104
AUTH 1.1.53
WEB 1.1.55
PP API 1.1.41
PP WEB 1.1.0
POS API 1.1.55
API Service
FIXED: Customer Card: Data Import: Importing many field updates will now work properly.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Purchase receipts with serial items can now be voided.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When returning from a posted sales document, the Return Items screen will display correct quantities for lot-tracked items.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Link selector will only show available quantities for linking.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Unit Cost will be correctly calculated for an international company.
FIXED: Setup: Workflow: Email Action: This action will only use the entered email address when the Free Type option is selected.
FIXED: Sales Line: When Dropship is unchecked the Linked Purchasing Status will be set to 'None'.
FIXED: Dynamic Grid Report: The Till Date report now works.
FIXED: Setup: Location: Locations can be assigned the previous name of a different Location, if that name is no longer the name of a current Location.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Documents with Payment Terms that potentially move the due date to the next year now post correctly.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Documents without line items can no longer be shipped.
IMPROVED: Sales Document Entry: More tracking numbers can now be added to a sales document.
IMPROVED: Stock Count Entry: Starting a physical stock count will now set the count's status to "Adding Items", preventing any lines from being added until items have been added from the current inventory stock.
Integration
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks: A potential situation where entities exported to QuickBooks would re-import as new entities was removed.
Web
FIXED: Customer Card: A new contact or address for the Shipping Address will be created even if other fields are blank.
FIXED: Security: Security groups with no security will be taken to the correct page.
FIXED: Security: Sale Document: The export security works correctly.
FIXED: Security: Purchase Order: The export and import securities work correctly.
FIXED: Security: Adjustments: The export and import securities work correctly.
FIXED: Recent States Dropdown: Clicking the Clear History button will now remove all entries the first time it is clicked.
FIXED: Stock Count Entry: Rows no longer disappear while editing quantity counted.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Changing the To Bin field on a transfer line will no longer change the the From Bin field.
FIXED: Inventory Search: New Item Drawer: The Item Class Account field is no longer overwritten with default values.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The base UofM will now show in parenthesis next to the non-base quantity for serial/lot item returns in the fulfillment drawer.
ADDED: Security: Customer: An export security was added.
ADDED: Security: Vendor: An export security was added.
ADDED: Security: Item Master: Export and import securities were added.
ADDED: Security: Stock Counts: An export security was added.
ADDED: Sandbox: The ability to start a free trial from within the sandbox company was added.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Merged / Combined Invoices will now have a badge indicating what document they were merged to.
UPDATED: Integration: QuickBooks: A new user coming from Apps.com will have their QuickBooks company automatically registered during sign-up.
UPDATED: Manage Security: Security groups now have an "Is Default" option.
REMOVED: Interactions: The Assigned To field was removed.
Release 11/16/2017
API 1.1.98
AUTH 1.1.50
WEB 1.1.52
PP API 1.1.38
PP WEB 1.1
POS SERVER 1.1.50
API Service
FIXED: Purchase Order Search: Generator: Dropship purchase orders will now have the customer information and shipping information from the source document.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The shipping and discount amounts will be correctly split when splitting a document.
FIXED: Inventory Stock Status: Dropship inventory is filtered out.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transfer: Transferring purchased and non-purchased lines will no longer prevent any subset of the document from transferring.
ADDED: Setup: Workflow: Condition: A condition criteria can now be set to check for a signature on a sales document.
ADDED: Purchase Order Entry: The option to print canceled lines was added.
UPDATED: Setup: Security: The Google integration security was enabled.
Auth Service
FIXED: Manage Organization: Removing a user from a company will work when opening the screen before signing into a company in the organization.
Integration
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks: Generated vendor bills will now consistently reference the correct vendor bill in QuickBooks.
Web
FIXED: Grid Reports: The Sales By Customer report will now work as expected.
FIXED: Setup: Warehouse: Bin Generation: Generating bins with more than 26 columns will no longer name some of them "undefined".
FIXED: Manage Security: Clicking on the arrow will now toggle the security group list.
FIXED: Grids: Editable columns will now be all white when active.
FIXED: App Wide: Category Icons: The Stock Count and Assembly icons will now be white when hovered over, similar to the rest of the icons.
FIXED: Dashboard: The Add an Item checklist will now exclude System type items.
FIXED: Company Selection: Users will now be notified and redirected back to the Login screen if user data can not be retrieved.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Entering the exact item number and tabbing off will select the item without opening the Item Lookup.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Exporting now works correctly.
ADDED: Security: Purchase Receipts now have a 'Receive Purchase Order' security.
ADDED: Security: Customer Card: A 'Write-Off Amount' security was added.
ADDED: Company Selection: Each organization will now have a Status badge.
ADDED: Purchase Order Entry: The Printing screen now has an Include Cancelled Lines option.
ADDED: Dashboard: Manage Organization, Manage Security, and Company Card are now all available in the Navigation search, when conducted by an organization owner.
UPDATED: Manage Security: Security group lists will now be similar in appearance to the Manage Organization module.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: The Receive Purchase Order button will now only be visible if the current user group has permission to receive purchase orders.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Search: The Receive Purchase Order button will now only be visible if the current user group has permission to receive purchase orders.
UPDATED: Purchas Order Search: Voided documents will now have a strikethrough on the search screen.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Search: Voided documents will now have a strikethrough on the search screen.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Search: Posted documents will now appear green on the search screen.
UPDATED: App wide: An organization can now have more than one organization owner.
REMOVED: Manage Security: Users: Security User Status was removed, due to being an unused field.
Release 11/07/2017
API 1.1.96
AUTH 1.1.48
WEB 1.1.49
PP API 1.1.36
PP WEB 1.1.0
POS SERVER 1.1.46
API Service
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: When linking a purchase receipt line to a purchase order, the Location will be set from the corresponding purchase order line.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Changing the Unit of Measure on a linked line with a serial item will update the quantity to the base Unit of Measure.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Printing and Emailing: Documents that were fully invoiced but weren't from a split now print as expected.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: The initial line search dropdown is noticeably faster.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: The initial line search dropdown is noticeably faster.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: The initial line search dropdown is noticeably faster.
UPDATED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: The initial line search dropdown is noticeably faster.
Integration
FIXED: Integration: Quick Books: Refunds posted in companies with the 'Summary Receipts' setting enabled will no longer fail to export when they are not associated with summary customers.
Web
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Creating a new row by selecting a dropdown will no longer cause the scroll bar to stop functioning.
FIXED: Setup: UofM Type: Both inactive and active tabs for the UofM column will no longer be hidden if the selected UofM type doesn't have a UofM.
FIXED: Setup: Manage Security: The status dropdown will no longer resize when updated.
FIXED: Setup: Price Level: Grid Export: Item price is now included.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: The Generate Vendor Bill button will now be visible if the setting is set to 'Prompt' or 'Never'.
FIXED: Purchase Order Search: The Generate Vendor Bill button will now be visible if the setting is set to 'Prompt' or 'Never'.
FIXED: Assembly Transaction Entry: The From Warehouse rolldown now works after updating the transaction quantity.
FIXED: App Wide: The Comments column is now editable.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Customer rolldowns will not insert an empty value.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The line entry editor will now be more consistent when searching across large sets of items.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: The Signature button now allows users to view the signatures made against the document.
ADDED: App Wide: A line's Item Hint column can be hidden.
ADDED: Stock Count Entry: Physical stock counts were added.
ADDED: Integration: Integrations are now located in a dropdown.
ADDED: Purchase Order Entry: The line items grid has an autofilter row.
ADDED: Stock Count Entry: A Child Stock Count tab was added.
ADDED: Stock Count Entry: Multibin support was added.
ADDED: Stock Count Entry: The ability to count serial and lot tracked items was added.
ADDED: Stock Count Entry: A Details drawer to view and count serial and lot tracked items was added.
ADDED: Setup: User Data Definitions: A new screen for creating and editing user data definitions was added.
ADDED: Customer Card: The ability to edit user defined data was added.
ADDED: Contact Editors: The ability to edit user defined data was added.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: The ability to edit user defined data was added.
ADDED: Item Card: The ability to edit user defined data was added.
ADDED: Purchase Order Entry: The ability to edit user defined data was added.
ADDED: Purchase Receipt Entry: The ability to edit user defined data was added.
ADDED: Vendor Card: The ability to edit user defined data was added.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Line Items: The ability to edit user defined data was added.
ADDED: Purchase Order Entry: Line Items: The ability to edit user defined data was added.
ADDED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Line Items: The ability to edit user defined data was added.
UPDATED: App Wide: Header Bar: When mousing over the header options, the tooltips now all have matching styles.
IMPROVED: Sales Document Entry: The line entry item picker has been revamped to improve performance.
Release Date 10/24/2017
API 1.1.91.0
AUTH 1.1.47.0
WEB 1.1.46
PP API 1.1.35
PP WEB 1.1.0.0
POS Server 1.1.43.0
API Service
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Invoicing: Negative lines will now transfer over to invoices correctly.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Invoicing: Line allocation and fulfillment and non-inventory tracked lines will no longer affect transferring.
FIXED: Sales Document: Users can now print sales documents that have been split and then fully invoiced.
REMOVED: Security: Unit Price visibility is no longer a global security.
Integration
FIXED: Integration: Quick Books: Non-taxable purchase receipts for international companies will export once again.
Web
FIXED: Setup: New User Verification: New users who have been invited to a company will now be taken to a verification screen to create a new password.
FIXED: Grid Peeks: This panel is shown when clicking, and when changing the active cell.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Changes made to a number cell will now save when scrolling to view the next line.
FIXED: Company Selection: Creating a new organization and company works correctly.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The conditions for when the customer notes rolldown modal appears have been updated.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Emailing and printing once again allow printing.
ADDED: Vendor Card: Resources Tab: A Resources tab for uploading and downloading files has been added. This will only appear once the user is connected to Google Drive.
ADDED: Security: Vendor: Securities were added for the Resource tab.
ADDED: Purchase Order Card: Resources Tab: A Resources tab for uploading and downloading files has been added. This will only appear once the user is connected to Google Drive.
ADDED: Security: Purchase Order: Securities were added for the Resource tab.
ADDED: Item Card: Resources Tab: A Resources tab for uploading and downloading files has been added. This will only appear once the user is connected to Google Drive.
ADDED: Security: Item Card: Securities were added for the Resource tab.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: The line item grid now has an autofilter row to allow for filtering.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: When filtering, if a bundle component is visible but the bundle is not, the bundle number is added to the bundle component item.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: The ability to manually reprice a sales line was added.
ADDED: Security: Sales Document: Security around the ability the reprice a sales line was added.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: The Purchase Order column is now Read Only.
Release Date 10/17/2017
API 1.1.88.0
AUTH 1.1.45.0
WEB 1.1.42
PP API 1.1.34
PP WEB 1.1.0.0
POS Server 1.1.42.0
API Service
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Partial invoicing after transferring works once again.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Contact methods on Location contacts will now be copied.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Cost is now maintained when posting a sales line with an item that has standard cost valuation.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Splitting on fulfillment quantity will now properly set the source line regardless of historical line source.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales lines will no longer fulfill from dropship inventory if not on a dropship line.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transfers: Non-base UofM lines will now transfer as expected.
FIXED: Purchase Order Search: Voiding more than one purchase order at a time now works as intended.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Lines are now costed by vendor first, then by their purchase cost, and then finally by their current cost.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: Lines are now costed by vendor first, then by their purchase cost, and then finally by their current cost.
UPDATED: Item Card: The Item Master has been updated to load more efficiently.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Notes: Notes will only be rolled down by default if the document is created with a customer already set, i.e. created from a Customer card.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Transfer: Cost will no longer be pulled from current cost on item master, instead, cost is maintained from the transferred document.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Returns: Users can now specify a document discount value when generating a return.
Web
FIXED: Setup: Company Selection: The "Setting Up Your Company..." message will only appear when users are creating a new company.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Forward button will no longer disappear.
FIXED: Customer Search: The Balance column will now only be visible if the user has permission to view a customer's balance.
FIXED: POS: Users can once again access Till Drawer setup.
FIXED: POS: Users can once again access Grid Menu setup.
FIXED: Security: The 'Purchase Order Void' security is respected.
FIXED: Assembly Entry: This screen now has the correct icon.
FIXED: Assembly Search: This screen now has the correct icon.
FIXED: Setup: Employee Search: This screen now has the correct icon.
ADDED: Sales Document entry: The ability to roll down a customer's notes has been added.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: The tooltip for linked lines now has the following message: "Unit Cost may be updated on post."
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Returns: Discounts can now be added to returns.
ADDED: Stock Count Entry: A new icon was added to the navigation on the left-hand side of the screen, and to its search screen and card.
UPDATED: Setup: Company Selection: When their organization's trial has expired, users will receive a message letting them know that.
UPDATED: Security: Company Selection: Companies and organizations can now be hidden by the user.
UPDATED: Setup: Price Level: The default Excel template was updated.
UPDATED: App-wide: Popups that will roll down field information have been updated to be clearer about what is being rolled down.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Payments: Origin is now a default grid column.
UPDATED: Customer Card: Payments: Origin is now a default grid column.
Release Date 10/03/2017
API 1.1.80
AUTH 1.1.41
WEB 1.1.39
POS Server 1.1.34
PP API 1.1.30
PP WEB 1.1.0
API Service
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: When enabled, Spread Cost and Spread Discount are correctly distributed among all lines with spread cost.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: SOP to POP: Dropship lines that are received after an associated document has been posted will now retroactively update cost on sales lines.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: A linked purchasing status now maintains its value when sales lines are added.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Splitting a return or refund will not inflate the line quantity for inventory items.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Partial Invoicing: Shipping and discount amounts are now correctly calculated.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Purchase order lines will no longer default to their purchase order's Location when received.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: A split return or refund that is not linked to another sales document can once again be posted.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Refunds/Returns: Discounts are applied correctly to sales document total.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Quantity will be adjusted accordingly for purchase receipt lines linked to purchase order lines when the UofM is changed.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Quantity received will be correctly calculated when the UofM is changed on a linked purchase receipt line.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: A linked purchase order line cannot have its quantity set to be less than the quantity of the linked sales line.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Copying a sales document will now copy contact methods.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: A sales line with a unit price of zero will now maintain the unit price when copied or transferred.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Returns: Returning a posted invoice with serial or lot items will not duplicate the serial or lot line on the return entry screen.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Quantity received is now updated on dropshipped sales lines linked to purchase orders.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks: Purchase receipts will no longer combine by vendor when batch posting. Combination is now only possible when directly generating a vendor bill.
ADDED: Stock Count Entry: Stock count lines can now be added by group and class.
UPDATED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Lines will now no longer fulfill when they don't have a bin set on binned Locations.
UPDATED: Item Card: Users can no longer switch from a bundled type if there are active components on an item.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: The Shipping Method will now correctly change when updating it on a sales line.
UPDATED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: The Adjustment Reason text will now be deleted when it is removed.
UPDATED: Setup: Sales Document Types will no longer default to Shown.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Transferring to an invoice is no longer allowed if the sales document does not allow partial invoicing and the transfer would create a partial invoice.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Workflow: A workflow condition called Insufficient Payment on Document, which checks whether or not a document has been fully paid prior to posting, was added.
UPDATED: Transaction Emailing: Emails are now audited.
UPDATED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: In: Posting for large adjustments will now be considerably faster.
Integration
ADDED: Integrations: QuickBooks Online: An integration setting that maps all inactive items on non-estimate sales documents to one item was added.
Web
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Tracking Info tab now successfully handles the error that occurs when a tracking number is too long.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Alerts: Some style issues were fixed.
FIXED: Dynamic Grid Reports: A layout refresh is no longer required when a new column has been added to an existing grid report.
FIXED: Customer Payments: Selecting the Save and New button will now properly clear the screen to allow for a new payment to be made.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The font size for the Use Percentage for Discount checkbox now matches the other checkboxes.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: The line item grid will now refresh when the document Location is updated.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Out: Serial/Lot selection will now include unit costs in their calculations.
FIXED: Settings: Enabling POS features immediately after adding the organization's first POS seat will no longer result in a pop-up stating that no POS license was found.
FIXED: Manage Organization: Attempting to change an existing user's Security Group via the company selection page will no longer result in an error.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The line linker now properly shows linked purchase lines that are on a partially received purchase order.
FIXED: Grids: Using keyboard navigation to save and move now navigates properly after the save.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Customer search bar no longer overlaps the Settings menu or the Recent States popover.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Users no longer need to double-click Date columns to view changes.
FIXED: Workflow Rules: Pasting an email address into the From Email and To Email fields will now save correctly.
FIXED: Adjustment Card: The icon was updated to match the icon on the navigation pane on the left-hand side of the screen.
FIXED: Adjustment Entry: The Description field will wait to save until you click off of the field.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Alerts: The ability to filter out deleted alerts was added.
ADDED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Out: Serial/lot selection grids now have the Unit Cost field visible.
ADDED: Customer Card: A Sales Territory can now be added to billing and shipping contacts when creating a customer.
ADDED: Registration: An appropriate message will display when a user does not complete the captcha.
ADDED: Integrations: All users will now be able to see the integration icons, and security around connecting and disconnecting integrations has been added.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Actions and Settings securities were added.
ADDED: Customer Card: Actions and Settings securities were added.
ADDED: Security: Security concerning integrations was implemented.
ADDED: Security: Securities around unit cost, unit price, and the dashboard were implemented.
ADDED: Customer Card: Payments tab: A Write-Off field has been added for applying a customer payment to an invoice.
ADDED: Stock Count Entry: The ability to add line items by Item Class was added.
ADDED: Stock Count Entry: The ability to add line items by Item Group was added.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: When a field that may update unit price is changed, a warning will now alert the user.
ADDED: User Menu: A new option to reset dialog settings was added.
ADDED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Workflow batch forwarding capabilities were added.
ADDED: Purchase Receipt Entry: A Spread Cost Adjustment Amount field was added.
UPDATED: Assembly Transaction Search: Posted assembly transactions will now display with a green font color.
UPDATED: Assembly Transaction Search: Voided assembly transactions will now display with a strike-through.
UPDATED: System Settings: The System Settings Search box now searches throughout all of the settings, not just among the category names.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Bundle items can now be added to purchase receipts.
UPDATED: App-wide: The Sales Territory will now display both its name and description when listed in a dropdown.
UPDATED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Multi-bin adjustment lines now default quantity to 1 instead of 0.
UPDATED: Sales Document Search: Batch Void is available once again.
UPDATED: Setup: Workflows: Only Sales, Purchasing, and Assembly workflows can now be created.
UPDATED: Customer Card: Payments tab: Multi-currency support has been added for applying a customer payment.
UPDATED: Manage Organization: Additional Services: The FAQ section has been redesigned to fit on smaller screens.
UPDATED: Report Designer: A loading indicator was added.
UPDATED: Purchase Advisor: The grid on the left is now sortable by Vendor, Location, Item Number, and Qty columns.
UPDATED: Login: What was a link titled "Webinars" on the Login page is now called "Tutorials."
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Spread Cost is now labeled as "Spread Shipping."
Release Date 09/08/2017
API 1.1.75
AUTH 1.1.37
WEB 1.1.33
POS 1.1.34
PP API 1.1.26
PP WEB 1.1.0
API Service
FIXED: Dynamic Grid Report: The Customer Total data source only includes totals from posted and open invoices and orders.
FIXED: Setup: Sales Document Type: Sales documents will be switched to the default Workflow batch only when the Workflow is changed on the Sales Document Type.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Sales line items now check their document's Sales Document Type to check if they can backorder.
UPDATED: App wide: Audits: Customers, vendors, item masters, contacts, and addresses will now audit any changes. Customer, where applicable, will also track being changed.
Auth Service
FIXED: Setup: Subscriptions: The requirement for a user to be in a trial period in order to change to a yearly subscription has been removed.
Integration
UPDATED: Integrations: ShipStation: ShipStation will now give the proper messages when a order fails to go through, and it will only set the document's status to Awaiting Shipping when the document exports properly.
UPDATED: Integrations: QuickBooks: Customer taxability now exports.
Web
FIXED: Dynamic Grid Report: The Save button now resembles the other Save buttons.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The currency symbol was removed from the UofM factor field on a sales line item.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Search: Clicking on More Actions or the Forward button while waiting for a batch action will no longer open the dropdown or send additional requests until the batch action is complete.
FIXED: Assembly Search Screen: Unit cost and extended cost now have currency formatting.
FIXED: Settings: The Advanced Settings button will no longer display for settings that only have basic settings.
FIXED: App-wide: Selecting tab on a focused dropdown that was recently cleared will no longer revert to the previous value.
FIXED: Manage Organization: Switching between monthly and annual billing grabs data properly.
FIXED: Manage Organization: Specific errors when switching between monthly and annual billing are properly displayed.
FIXED: Manage Organization: Additional Services: The Billing tab is no longer disabled when adding additional services to the organization.
ADDED: Customer Card: Contact: A Salesperson can now be added to a customer contact.
ADDED: Customer Card: Contact: A Sales Territory can now be added to a customer contact.
ADDED: App wide: The ability to collapse the navigation pane was added.
UPDATED: Contact Edit: Fields inside of the Edit Contact window are now aligned with their headers.
UPDATED: Setup: Workflows: Rules: Email Action: Send To now supports a free form email entry target.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: SOP To POP: When linking a purchase order line to a sales document line, only backordered lines will now be visible.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Sales Lines: When converting an item-less sales line to an item, the item's list price will now be defaulted to the sales line's unit price.
UPDATED: App wide: Edit Column Drawer: Reset Layout is now Reset Columns.
UPDATED: App wide: Edit Column Drawer: Clear Autofilters is now Clear Column Filters.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Item Details: The Details window now shows whenever the cell is focused, not just clicked.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: Item Details: The Details window now shows whenever the cell is focused, not just clicked.
UPDATED: Customer Search: Reporting Peak: The Details window now shows whenever the cell is focused, not just clicked.
UPDATED: Inventory Search: Filtering by Location will now also display items that have a 0 on-hand quantity value.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: SOP To POP: Buttons now display as Cancel or Link.
REMOVED: Purchase Receipt Search: The gray background that appeared around the More Actions and Forward Receipt buttons while a request was being made has been removed.
REMOVED: Adjustment Entry: Inline bin creation was removed.
Release Date 08/28/2017
API 1.1.66
AUTH 1.1.35
WEB 1.1.30
PP API 1.1..26
PP WEB 1.10
POS SERVER 1.1.34
API Service
FIXED: Data Imports: Importing bundles onto sales documents will now correctly calculate the total.
FIXED: Data Imports: Inventory Adjustment: Imported adjustment line quantity now has the correct sign, and, if using a bin that shares a name with a bin in another location, the inventory will go into the correct bin.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales Territory will now be updated to the customer's Sales Territory.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Splitting with more than one split option will now correctly allocate inventory.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Returns and refunds can no longer be modified if their Quantity Returned value has changed.
FIXED: SalesLineItem: Line price now correctly updates when UofM is changed.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Reducing quantity on allocated but unfulfilled documents, while using manually allocated document types, will now correctly reduce quantity allocated and fulfilled.
ADDED: Organization Management: The ability to add implementation packages was added.
UPDATED: Item Card: Item components will now round their quantity based off their item master's Quantity Decimal value.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Lines can no longer have the item or location changed, if they are linked to a purchase order.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: Lines can no longer have the item or location changed, if they are linked to a purchase receipt.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: Purchasing: Receiving a purchase order and modifying quantities will now update lines as expected, including status changes from Received to Partially Received.
UPDATED: Printed Reports: Sales Document: A new option has been added to allow a top-three bin location for pick lists as a child relationship of 'SalesLineItem' called 'InventoryPickBin'.
UPDATED: App-wide: Quantity available is now a function of allocation, instead of fulfillment, for areas where that makes more sense.
MODIFIED: Item Master Data Import: Selling Price was added to the item master data import.
Auth Service
ADDED: Organization Management: The ability to add implementation packages was added.
Integration
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks Online: Applied payments that are re-exported to QuickBooks Online will now maintain the appropriate applied amounts, payment date, Payment Method, and payment reference number.
UPDATED: Integrations: QuickBooks: Updates to list entities (customers and vendors, for example) in both systems will now result in QuickBooks being overwritten.
Web
FIXED: Setup: Price Levels: An issue where a Price Level would randomly begin to fail saving after a successful save was fixed.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Changing companies and opening sales documents will no longer cause the application to stop saving.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: A manual refresh is no longer required to see the RELEASED banner, once a purchase order has been printed.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Price Level can be removed from sales lines.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Shipping Method can be removed from sales lines.
FIXED: Grids: Clearing number inputs for required columns will only display one error message.
FIXED: Item Card: The Quantity Decimals field is now locked for Serial Tracked, Gift Card, Bundle, and Pre-assembled Bundle item types.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: The Receive Purchase Order button will now be hidden for purchase orders that have already been received.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Adding items at a quick pace will no longer add the wrong item to the line.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: The Post Date field is no longer shown as undefined.
FIXED: Setup: Sales Document Type: An error preventing saving sales document types was fixed.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When creating a return from posted invoice, clicking the Apply to All Lines button will once again add the selected Reason Code to all of the lines in the grid.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Searching for a non-existing customer will now give users the option to create a new customer.
ADDED: Implementation Packages: Organization owners can now purchase implementation services on the Manage Organization screen.
ADDED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Vendor Bill Prompt: A vendor bill number can now be provided during vendor bill generation.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Printing/Emailing Screen: An Include Pick List Bin checkbox was added.
ADDED: Purchase Order Entry: A Received badge will now appear for received purchase orders.
ADDED: Dynamic Grid Reports: The normal auto-filter row was added to dynamic grid reports.
ADDED: Integration: Google Drive: To connect, the owner of the company can click the Google Drive icon after logging into the app.
ADDED: Customer Card: Resources Tab: A Resources tab for uploading and downloading files has been added. This will only appear once the user is connected to Google Drive.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Resources Tab: A Resources tab for uploading and downloading files has been added. This will only appear once the user is connected to Google Drive.
UPDATED: Setup: Location: The limit on the maximum number of bins that can be generated has been increase from 1,000 to 5,000.
UPDATED: Item Card: The Restock tab now shows up on items that have an Item Type of Inventory, Pre-assembled Bundle, or Gift Card.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: The Allocation action is now available on all Order, Invoice, and Sales Receipt document types.
UPDATED: Company Creation: The Cancel button on the image upload prompt has been re-labeled as "Skip".
UPDATED: Dynamic Grid Reports: Many fields that have their own individual page, such as Customer Name, Item Number, and Sales Document Number, will now link to that page.
Web Service
UPDATED: Time Log Entry: Users can no longer edit an employee's time log to be in between another clock-in and clock-out period.
Release Date 08/11/2017
API 1.1.53
AUTH 1.1.33
WEB 1.1.25
POS Server 1.1.32
PP API 1.1.24
PP Web 1.1
API Service
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Splitting: Posting: Split dropship lines will no longer lose cost once posted.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Partial Invoicing: Bundles will no longer show fulfilled in the partial invoicing screen if any lines are not completely fulfilled.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Splitting a document that has a discount amount will now properly split the discount amount to the child documents created.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Bin is now only required for inventory tracked items when posting if targeting a binned warehouse.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Documents synchronized from POS with a tax on the line and a tax exempt customer will no longer clear tax information.
FIXED: App wide: Lot Fulfillment: Removing fulfillment from lines will now correctly reduce quantity fulfilled on lines. Data-level fulfillment is not impacted.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Deleted contact methods from customers will no longer copy to sales documents.
FIXED: Printing: Deleted entities will no longer appear on printable reports.
FIXED: Setup: Location: Cannot add an initial bin to a location that is on an open transaction.
ADDED: Printed Reports: Contacts now have a 'Formatted_Contact' member that displays phone, fax, and email in a single control.
UPDATED: Item Card: Vendor Item: Vendor items now require a vendor in order to save.
UPDATED: Setup: UofM: Setting a detail inactive will no longer set the schedule inactive unless it's the last active detail.
UPDATED: Setup: Workflow Rules: Work rules now support both sales document markup amount and percent evaluation.
UPDATED: Stock Count: If a Stock Count doesn't find any variance set the Stock Count to be historical.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Can now generate returns based on bundle quantity.
UPDATED: Dynamic Grid Reports: EOD Till Report: Report now has an option to include inactive tills.
Integration
FIXED: Shopify Integration: Shopify orders will once again import as expected.
FIXED: Integration: QuickBooks: Purchase receipt lines will now use the default expense account (system settings) if the item does not have one.
UPDATED: Integration: Improved error reporting in all integrations.
UPDATED: Integration: QuickBooks: Objects that fail to export for being "Stale" will automatically correct on next import to application version.
Web
FIXED: Setup: Manage Organization: Managing an organization can be done from Company Selection once again.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Return fulfillment will support non-base UofM.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Ability to apply the sales person update to line items.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Empty lines will be removed when grid changes are saved.
FIXED: Customer and Sales Dashboard: Toggling the dashboards should no longer cause the bottom of the search grids to disappear.
FIXED: Assembly Transaction Entry: Line errors will now be displayed.
FIXED: Restock Plan: Should no longer receive and error saying that location is required after a location has been set.
FIXED: Setup: Manage Organization: New users can now open the Manage Organization screen without having to log out first.
ADDED: Customer Card: Payments: Buttons on payment side screen will now remain locked until the request is fulfilled.
ADDED: Audits: Eye icon to the message field.
ADDED: Setup: Organization Management: Sales tax message.
ADDED: Sales Analysis: Date range now saves with the layout.
ADDED: Purchase Advisor: Items to purchase can now be filtered based on vendor.
UPDATED: Sales Analysis: Defaults to the last 30 days.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Serial Lot Picking side screen will no longer display the available grid when document is locked.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Serial Lot Picking side screen will no longer display the editable grid styling when document is locked.
UPDATED: Setup: Price Level: Moved import button next to export to match rest of the site.
Release Date 08/03/2017
API 1.1.51
AUTH 1.1.32
WEB 1.1.23
POS Server 1.1.30
PP API 1.1.23
PP WEB 1.1.0
API Service
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Search: Import: Offset Account ID can now be imported.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: A sales document that is awaiting shipment may now be forwarded.
FIXED: Setup: Sales Document Type: An unnecessary warning message that occurred when setting the fulfillment method to Manual was removed.
FIXED: Assembly Transaction Entry: Quantity and Location changes on the header will now roll down to existing assembly transaction lines.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: A fully received purchase order now has a status of Received.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Bundle components are now correctly allocated and fulfilled when splitting a sales document.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: An issue where trying to transfer more quantity than what was available would set the quantity as positive rather than negative was fixed.
FIXED: Dynamic Grid Report: The Customer Number column has been removed from the Customer Totals report.
FIXED: Purchase Order Card: Deleting purchase lines with a linked purchase receipt line will no longer cause an error.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: A copied return/refund may now be posted.
FIXED: Setup: Report Designer: Saving is now more fluid.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Posting a purchase receipt that is linked to a non-inventory, service, or other charge sales line will properly update the quantity allocated and fulfilled.
FIXED: Customer Aging: Unapplied payments will only be included in the current aging bucket.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Returns: Dropship serial and lot tracked items may now be returned.
FIXED: Inventory Search: Qty_Available will now be correct for bundles.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: An issue where lines with Serial Lot Auto enabled were failing to post was fixed.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Item descriptions will now be based on the item master, if the vendor item description is empty.
FIXED: Setup: Report Designer: Scripts on reports will no longer produce an error when previewing a report within the designer.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales lines may now have a different Sales Person than the document.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Unit price will now be correctly calculated when applying both a price list and a Price Level.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Purchasing: Quantity backordered may no longer be driven to negative by using multiple purchase orders against a single line.
FIXED: Setup: Accounts: Default accounts for new application features will now populate automatically for existing companies.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Unit price will now be correctly calculated when applying both a price list and a Price Level.
ADDED: Purchase Advisor: Quantity Onhand, Quantity Allocated, and Quantity Purchasing fields are now available.
ADDED: Purchase Receipt Card: Bundles may now be added during item entry.
ADDED: Setup: Workflow Actions: A Workflow action was added to automatically send a document to ShipStation.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Dropship lines are no longer allowed to transfer to invoices if dropshipping is not enabled on invoices.
UPDATED: Item Card: System items may no longer be set to inactive or discontinued, be deleted, or have their type changed. Other items can't be changed to them, item classes cannot use them as their type, and they may not be created by users.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Sop To Pop: Purchase orders now display the correct origin.
UPDATED: Dynamic Grid Reports: The Daily Sales By Location grid report now includes the total extended cost of all sales lines.
UPDATED: Purchasing: Voiding a purchase order or receipt that is already void will now provide some level of feedback to that effect instead of simply indicating success.
UPDATED: EOD Till Report: Report now has an option to include inactive tills.
CHANGED: Payments: Payments are now allowed on documents imported from QuickBooks Online.
CHANGED: Setup: Sales Document Type: Changing the workflow on a sales document type will now move all open documents to the new Workflow.
CHANGED: Setup: Workflow: The application is now enforcing that at least one batch in an active workflow must be active.
Integration
UPDATED: Integration: QuickBooks: Sales Documents: Documents created and controlled by either system now automatically overwrite updates in the other system.
Web
FIXED: Setup: Users may now scroll to the bottom of lists.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: The user is no longer prevented from linking purchase lines to sales lines.
FIXED: Purchase Advisor: Minimizing the screen will no longer cause the header dropdowns to disappear.
FIXED: Receipt Entry: A manual refresh will no longer be needed to view newly received purchase order items.
FIXED: Customer Search: Reporting Pop-up: The Chart tool tips display above the pop-up.
FIXED: Manage Organization Screen: Charges will now be rounded to two decimal places.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Printing and emailing screens now include purchase receipt line type reports.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Allocating documents will refresh the line items.
FIXED: Item Card: The Unit Cost field now displays properly.
FIXED: Sales Document Search: Batch posting works once again.
FIXED: Login: The company name on the Login page has been properly aligned.
ADDED: Setup: Vendor Items: The ability to mark vendor items as inactive was added.
ADDED: Manage Organization: Organization owners may now switch between a monthly and annual subscription.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Users will be asked to confirm changes on documents that did not originate in the application.
ADDED: Setup: Price Level: Price Levels can now be imported and exported.
ADDED: Item Card: An SKU field was added to the item card header.
ADDED: Item Card: A Selling Price field was added.
ADDED: Setting: Inventory Settings - 'Default Price Level' determines what Price Level should be set for all new items.
UPDATED: Setup: Sales Document Type: Users are now warned when changing workflows while the sales document type is active.
UPDATED: Setup: Sales Document Type: Workflow is now a required field for creating a sales document type.
UPDATED: Setup: Sales Document Type: Workflow may no longer be cleared by the user.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Workflow Batch may no longer be cleared by the user.
UPDATED: Purchasing: Voiding a purchase order or receipt that is already void will now provide some level of feedback to that effect, rather than simply indicating success.
UPDATED: Customer Card: The Credit Limit field is now multi-currency compatible when creating and editing a customer.
UPDATED: Customer Card: The Balance field will now update to reflect the selected currency when creating a new customer.
UPDATED: Customer Card: The Credit Limit field in the header of the card will now also display in the customer's Currency field.
UPDATED: Email Screen: Recipient selection will now display email information, rather than contact title information.
UPDATED: App wide: Fonts have been updated to Roboto as part of a design update.
REMOVED: Item Card: The Income Account field was removed from the header.
REMOVED: Item Card: The Asset Account field was removed from the header.
REMOVED: Item Card: The COGS Account field was removed from the header.
Release Date 07/10/2017
API 1.1.33
AUTH 1.1.21
WEB 1.1.16
POS SERVER 1.1.19
PP API 1.1.16
PP WEB 1.1.0
API Service
FIXED: Item Card: Setting the UofM Schedule to one that doesn't have a Base UofM will no longer clear out the Selling and Purchasing UofM.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Card: An issue where serial tracked lines in a non-Base UofM couldn't be posted was fixed.
FIXED: Setup: Manage Organization: Not having an active subscription will not prevent access to updating subscription information.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Printed Reports: Added summary members for partial invoicing and splitting to both sales documents and sales line items.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Posting: Purchase receipts may now have inventory received and have the vendor bill separately handled. Exports to QuickBooks Online will use the new 'Purchase Clearing Account' setting to determine where to temporarily allocate the cost of the vendor bill. The receipt can later be finalized, and the exported vendor bill will use the clearing account for summarized documents. Documents with dropshipped lines cannot be deferred in this way.
UPDATED: Defaults: Accounts: A new liability account called Purchase Clearing Account was created to support deferred vendor bill generation.
UPDATED: Settings: QuickBooks Import - The 'Generate Vendor Bill' setting allows altering system behavior to prevent vendor bills from being automatically generated.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Receipts with freight vendors and a spread cost set will no longer split off a vendor bill for freight.
Auth Service
FIXED: Setup: Manage Organization: Not having an active subscription will not prevent access to updating subscription information.
Integration
UPDATED: ShipStation Integration: The integration now becomes invalid when ShipStation reports unauthorized credentials, and the user will be informed in such an instance.
Web
FIXED: Company Selection: In order to access the Manage Organization screen, the organization must have at least one company.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustments Entry: The More Actions button is no longer disabled for posted adjustments.
FIXED: Data Imports: Columns display properly when there are trailing spaces in the header.
FIXED: Customer Card: Payments tab: The Total Unapplied Value field will now properly reflect the sum of all payments.
FIXED: Adjustment Entry: Line Items Tab: A line item will no longer disappear after updating the location and then trying to add a line item.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Transferring an estimate to an order.
FIXED: Setup: Manage Organization: Not having an active subscription will not prevent access to updating subscription information.
ADDED: Application Wide: A new blocking message was added for if the network is dropped while the app is open.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: A document can be partially invoiced if it contains at least one line item that has a quantity fulfilled greater than 0, or a quantity less than 0.
UPDATED: Grid Menu Setup: The Featured field and grid column were renamed as "Main Menu."
UPDATED: Workflow monitors in the sidebar now display proper currency decimals.
REMOVED: Grid Menu Setup: The Enabled field can no longer be set.
Release Date 06/30/2017
API 1.1.29
AUTH 1.1.19
WEB 1.1.14
POS 1.1.15
PP API 1.1.15
PP FE 1.1.0
API Service
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment: Removing all inventory from a bin will now properly remove the summary quantity fulfilled from the inventory bin summary record.
FIXED: Setup: Payment Terms: Issues that arose when using a day of the month due outside of the posted month's range were resolved.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Updating UofM on return or refund lines for non-inventory tracked lines will now properly show fulfillment in the line's UofM column.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Receiving a purchase order now validates and accurately relays what, if any, action was performed.
UPDATED: Sales Document Copying: The Payment Terms Discount Amount and Payment Terms Discount Due Date are reset when copying a sales document.
Integration
FIXED: Quick Books Online Integration: Export failures caused by discount percentage discrepancies on sales documents have been resolved.
Web
FIXED: Setup: The Settings icon will now only display if an integration has been started.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Purchases orders that have a status of Open, Change Order, or Released will be included in the linking grid.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Receiving lines from a purchase order properly displays received lines in the grid.
FIXED: App wide: The navigation search will now properly update as the user switches companies.
FIXED: App wide: The navigation search will now show and hide POS options when changing the 'Uses POS Features' setting.
ADDED: Till Drawer Setup: Navigation breadcrumbs were added.
ADDED: Customer Card: Customers that fail to export will now have an alert with a message and a retry option.
ADDED: Item Card: Items that fail to export will now have an alert with a message and a retry option.
ADDED: Adjustments Card: Adjustments that fail to export will now have an alert with a message and a retry option.
ADDED: Vendor Card: Vendors that fail to export will now have an alert with a message and a retry option.
ADDED: Stock Count Card: Stock counts that fail to export will now have an alert with a message and a retry option.
ADDED: Purchase Order Card: Purchase orders that fail to export will now have an alert with a message and a retry option.
ADDED: Purchase Receipts Card: Purchase receipts that fail to export will now have an alert with a message and a retry option.
ADDED: Assembly Transaction: Assembly transactions that fail to export will now have an alert with a message and a retry option.
ADDED: Sales Document: Emailing: A Recipients list, populated from the document, was added.
ADDED: Purchase Order: Emailing: A Recipients list, populated from the document, was added.
ADDED: Adjustments: Emailing: A Recipients list, populated from the document, was added.
ADDED: Purchase Receipts: Emailing: A Recipients list, populated from the document, was added.
UPDATED: Sales Document Type Setup: The Payments Allowed option is no longer available for Estimate Sales Document Types.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: The Payments tab will only be visible if payments are allowed for the document type.
UPDATED: App wide: Audits: Audit grids now support exporting, searching, sorting, and resizing.
Web Service
FIXED: Login: Users can still log in if the subscription is in a cancel initiated state.
Release Date 06/28/2017
API 1.1.25
Auth 1.1.17
Web 1.1.13
POS 1.1.14
PP API 1.1.14
PP FE 1.1.0.0
API Service
FIXED: Item Card: Item Class Rolldown: Item Type will now roll down.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Salesperson on sales lines will now update when Salesperson is changed in the header.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Spread cost subtotal calculation now uses the purchase receipt line's unit cost if the original unit cost was not set.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Unit Cost now correctly rounds to seven decimal places.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Unit Cost now correctly rounds to seven decimal places.
FIXED: Grid Menu: Deleted grid menu items are now set to inactive.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: When the To Warehouse changes, the bin on the line will be cleared.
FIXED: Purchase Order: Purchase orders with lines linked to sales documents can no longer be closed.
FIXED: Vendor Item: The Vendor Item Number and Vendor Item Description fields are now populated.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Receiving a purchase order with a serial tracked item and quantity greater than one will no longer create a purchase receipt with the incorrect total.
FIXED: Setup: Entity Number: The first entity created won't have a number of 0.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Manual Fulfillment: Manually fulfilled sales documents may no longer have their allocations overridden by other transactions.
ADDED: Customer: A customer can now be flagged as tax exempt.
ADDED: Customer: Customers now have a tax registration numbers. This field is encrypted.
ADDED: Email Templates: There is now support for conducting a mail merge on Email Templates.
ADDED: Data Imports: Restock Plans added to Item Master data imports.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Printing: Parent sales document fields are now available on sales document data sets.
ADDED: Users can now delete companies they own.
ADDED: Customer Contact Tab: A column that shows the usage of each contact was added.
ADDED: Vendor Contact Tab: A column that shows the usage of each contact was added.
ADDED: Sales Document Type Setup: If a document type allows for purchasing, it must allow backordering and/or dropship purchasing.
UPDATED: Item Master: System Items now cannot be set to inactive or discontinued, they cannot be deleted, they cannot have their type changed, and they cannot be created by users.
UPDATED: ItemMaster: Items now have a field to designate them as non-stocked inventory, Inventory Type.
UPDATED: SOP to POP: Full sales document to purchase receipt workflow now supports inventory tracking with Inventory Type of Dropship.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Changing the quantity on a sales line item with a valid price line will recalculate, using the item master's list price.
UPDATED: Data Imports: Data imports will now always email, even if all the entities fail to import.
IMPROVED: Inventory Adjustment: Serial lot generation will now be noticeably faster.
Auth Service
FIXED: App-wide: Exchange rates are no longer rounded.
FIXED: Organization Management: Adding a new user to an organization will no longer add the user twice.
Integration
FIXED: ShipStation Integration: Shipping Methods are only exported if the origin is ShipStation.
FIXED: Shopify Integration: Sales Document Import: Blank contacts now save properly.
FIXED: QBO Integration: Items will now be properly exported when using product categories in QBO.
UPDATED: QuickBooks Integration: Purchase Receipt Summary: The document number is now mapped for one purchase receipt, or added to private notes for multiple.
UPDATED: QuickBooks Integration: Vendor Bill: All associated purchase order numbers are now added to the Private Note field.
UPDATED: QuickBooks Integration: A Name component was added to sales document journal entry exports.
Web
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Tracking: The edit icon properly displays as edit pencil instead of a square.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Server errors are no longer reported as a save success.
FIXED: Setup Screens: Validation errors when saving new entities from the unsaved changes modal will close the modal and display the error.
FIXED: Adjustments: Serial/Lot Picker: Fixed column name in available grid to always say "Add".
FIXED: Grid Reports: Advance filters will now clear after report is deleted.
FIXED: App-wide: Exchange rates are no longer rounded.
FIXED: App Wide: Closing a card after screen refresh will open the corresponding search view.
FIXED: Adjustment Entry: Unit Cost for line items is no longer editable.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Alert Tab: Saving a new alert will no longer soft lock the app.
FIXED: Purchase Order Search: The Purchase Advisor screen will now properly load once all header-level values are set.
FIXED: Create New Account: The default focus is now on the First Name field.
FIXED: Sign Out: After signing out of the app, the browser tab will now read SalesPad Cloud.
FIXED: User Login: Selecting the Back button after logging out of the app will now keep users on the login page.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Address contact methods will no longer disappear after editing.
FIXED: Customer Card: Users are now able to make edits to manual payments.
FIXED: Sales Document Search: Batch printing selected documents is now working again.
FIXED: Inventory Search: Batch printing selected items is now working again.
FIXED: App-wide: Currency decimals will now display with precision up to seven digits.
FIXED: Printing: Opening a print screen without any related reports will now show the user that there are no reports to print.
FIXED: Reporting: Customer Sales Over Time: Months no longer incorrectly display as one month in the future.
FIXED: Report Designer: Report Designer saves correctly.
FIXED: Sales Lines: The fulfilled error tooltip will not show on estimates.
FIXED: App wide: Grid: The loading spinner will now stop after all network requests have finished.
ADDED: UofM Type Setup: Unit of Measure details can now be set as inactive.
ADDED: Company Selection: Users can now delete companies from the Company Selection screen.
ADDED: Reporting: A Sales Analysis report was added.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Line Items Tab: Users can now return specific serial and lot items by clicking the eyeball icon on returns and refunds. Custom serial and lot numbers can be added to the return line.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Line Items Tab: Multi-bin support has been added to returns and refunds. The user can change the bin for a returned item by selecting the eyball icon.
ADDED: Customers: Customers and Customers Search now have reporting data displayed.
ADDED: Sales Document Search: Reports were added to the sales document search.
ADDED: Email Template Manager: New setup screen that allows you to create an email template for printed reports.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Line Items: Unit Cost was added for the primary vendor item.
UPDATED: PayFabric: The app gives the option to cancel an action, if the request time out.
UPDATED: Inventory: Pricing: Multi-currency companies now show the Currency Code for the price list and items.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Purchasing modal: The buttons in this pop-up are now called Cancel and Purchase.
UPDATED: Registration: When registration fails, a more in-depth error message is displayed.
UPDATED: Price List Card: The Min and Max Discount fields will now appear in the new Price List Item drawer only when the Price Type is set to Discount Amount or Discount Percent.
UPDATED: Security: The "Partner" security group is now reserved for internal use, and will no longer be shown to users.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Line Items Tab: The eyeball icon will no longer appear on items that cannot have inventory.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Line Items Tab: The eyeball icon will now only show up for non-serial lot items when the warehouse for that line has a bin to select.
UPDATED: Printing and Emailing: The print/email screen has been redesigned.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Email Report: The From name now defaults to the company's name.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Email Report: Users will return to the document once an email is sent.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Email Report: The subject line for the email defaults to the value specified by the 'Email Subject' setting.
UPDATED: Purchase Generator / Advisor: User is now notified when they require at least one sales workflow batch with Include for Purchasing enabled.
UPDATED: Sales Document: The Customer PO and Reference No fields will save once the user is no longer editing the field.
REMOVED: Purchase Order Entry: The warning icon was removed from the receiving confirmation modal.
REMOVED: Sales Document Entry: Line Items Tab: Allocated, Backordered, On POs, and Returned columns have been removed from the grid for returns and refunds.
REMOVED: The Sales by Customer stand-alone page was removed from the Navigation search.
Release Date 06/09/2017
API 1.1.10
AUTH 1.1.7
WEB 1.1.7
POS Server 1.1.6
PP API 1.1.5
PP WEB 1.1.7
API Service
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Returning a posted invoice now properly supports lines with negative quantities.
FIXED: Item Card: Bin inventory now displays the correct fulfillment amount when posting adjustments.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Customers with sales holds can now be deleted from sales documents.
FIXED: Customer Card: Returns are now used properly during balance calculations.
FIXED: QuickBooks Integration: Disconnecting now works more reliably.
FIXED: Purchase Order Imports: Dropship purchase orders will now properly create new customers.
FIXED: Purchase Order Imports: Importing purchase orders will now properly create new vendors.
FIXED: Purchase Order Imports: Importing multiple purchase line items with different vendors will now properly create separate purchase orders.
FIXED: Sales Document Imports: Importing multiple sales line items with different customers will now properly create separate sales documents.
FIXED: Payments: Deleted payments no longer lose relations to their original applications.
FIXED: Sales Document Card: Applying a discount percent to a document applies the discount percent to the subtotal.
FIXED: Purchase Sales Line Item: Purchasing a sales line item will now properly calculate the Purchase Line Unit Cost.
FIXED: Payments: All payment transactions are now audited.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Posting respects the Override Shortage alert.
FIXED: Customer Card: Balance calculations are now being calculated accurately.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When a document is fully invoiced, the status will be Fully Invoiced.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Setting a discount on a bundle line item with a unit price of zero will roll down the discount to the component line items.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: SOP to POP: Audit messages are now created for each sales-to-purchase-line link.
ADDED: Sales Document Type: Invoices can now set a default Return Document Type.
ADDED: Sales Document Type: A Can Backorder flag was added.
ADDED: Setup: Workflow: Sales Document: A Workflow condition regarding customer credit limits was added.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: An audit record will now be recorded when splitting sales documents.
ADDED: QuickBooks Integration: Support was added for automatically correcting common errors, in order to allow automatic modification of duplicate names on failed exports to QuickBooks Online, by appending "-C" or "-V" for customers and vendors.
UPDATED: POS Licensing: When purchasing a POS license, all existing companies that can utilize the device will have POS features enabled.
Integration
FIXED: Shopify Integration: UofM is now properly set on the adjustment line of the first imported item.
UPDATED: QuickBooks Online: Vendors and customers now automatically correct for duplicate names on export failures for summary documents.
UPDATED: QuickBooks Integration: Payments made on sales receipts will no longer integrate to QuickBooks Online separately from the rest of the sales receipt.
UPDATED: QuickBooks Integration: Refunds and summary refunds now use the Undeposited Funds Account in the system settings, instead of the first non-deposited account in the system.
Web
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Calculating shipping rates will now work after refreshing on any tab.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Allocating the document will now work after refreshing on any tab.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Receiving the purchase order will no longer be disabled after refreshing on the Linked Lines tab.
FIXED: Adjustment Entry: Posting will now work after refreshing on any tab.
FIXED: Manage Organization: Free users will not provoke charges on invitation.
FIXED: Manage Organization: Partner users will not provoke charges on invitation.
FIXED: Setup: Tax Code: The Tax Rate Value data is now visible.
FIXED: App-wide: The app will no longer freeze when adjusting the width on cramped grid columns.
FIXED: Customer Card: The Deleted Contact Method Types option will no longer be visible in the drawer after the Contact Method Types have been marked as Deleted.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Emailing and Printing screen will now open if the user has deleted Contact Method Types.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Deleting a bundle from a sales document will now also delete its components.
FIXED: Company Card: When loading, the form image will no longer display below the image placeholder.
FIXED: Company Card: The Company Card is now only visible to company owner.
FIXED: Setup: The Currency link on the Settings dropdown has been re-added.
FIXED: Drawers: Opening the side screens will no longer cause the main screen to shift.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Reason Code grid column will now only be visible on refund and return documents.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: An Ignore Shipping Writeback field was added for invoices, orders, and sales receipts. This value will default to the customer's shipping contact's value for the same field.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: The exchange rate is now shown when creating a new payment.
ADDED: Setup: Sales Document Type: Invoice: A Default Return Type field was added.
ADDED: Setup: Sales Document Type: Sales Receipt: A Default Return Type field was added.
ADDED: Vendor Item: The Quantity Purchasing column will display the number of vendor items that are being purchased.
ADDED: Vendor Item: The Quantity Available column will display the number of vendor items available across all Locations.
ADDED: Setup: Price Lists: This feature has been re-enabled.
ADDED: Company Card: QuickBooks Company ID is visible on the company card when an SalesPad Cloud company has been integrated with QuickBooks Online.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Documents that fail to export will now have an alert with a message and a retry option.
ADDED: Setup: Setup screens now have Active and Inactive tabs, in order to reduce clutter on the list.
UPDATED: Serial Lot Fulfillment: Errors are now properly displayed when items fail to un-fulfill.
UPDATED: App-wide: Opening most side screens will now automatically focus the first input available.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Tracking Info Tab: Line items can be associated with a tracking number.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Tracking Info Tab: Deleting a tracking number can now be done when editing the tracking number.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: All header-level buttons will now properly lock during server requests.
Release Date 05/19/2017
API 1.0.313
AUTH 1.0.134
WEB 1.0.122
POS Server 1.0.189
PP API 1.0.51
PP WEB 1.0.22
API Service
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Users can no longer update backorder quantity, if a sales line is set to dropship.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Change Workflow Batch Action: Documents will no longer be forwarded to an inactive Workflow.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Partially invoicing an order will copy the Pick Ticket Number, Packing Slip Number, and Reference Number fields.
FIXED: App-wide: Audits: Audits for quantity fields will append the UofM to the end of the audit.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Discounts on returns and refunds are applied correctly.
FIXED: PayFabric Payments: Completed transactions using American Express cards will now properly save the payment record.
ADDED: Setup Screens: Inactive flags were added to Setup screens.
ADDED: Printed Reports: Reports that support company fields now have an additional Logo_Url field.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Reason Codes: An account override was added.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Reason Codes: The option to ignore inventory in was added.
ADDED: Item Master: Inventory Movement: A Cost field was added to the Inventory Movement tab on the Item Master card.
UPDATED: Workflows: Audits: Changing the Workflow batch on a document will now add an audit for this action.
UPDATED: Assembly Transaction: Printed reports now have a ComponentItemMaster available under AssemblyTransactionLines.
UPDATED: Settings: Support for setting formatting was improved.
Integration
FIXED: QuickBooks Integration: Taxable lines once again have their entire amounts sent over to QuickBooks Online.
FIXED: QuickBooks Integration: Initially imported inventory transactions once again post automatically.
FIXED: QuickBooks Integration: Customers and vendors that have been updated will no longer have their contact methods removed when exporting to QuickBooks Online.
ADDED: Shopify Integration: Weight information is now imported from Shopify.
UPDATED: QuickBooks Integration: The Discount setting no longer needs to be enabled in order for the integration to run.
UPDATED: QuickBooks Integration: Masked card numbers and card types on payments are now populated on import.
UPDATED: QuickBooks Integration: Using a payment or credit memo differently in QuickBooks Online and SalesPad Cloud will now cause SalesPad Cloud to overwrite QuickBooks Online's understanding of the payment or credit memo.
UPDATED: Purchase Order: Discount amount can no longer be negative.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt: Discount amount can no longer be negative.
Web
FIXED: App-wide: Address boxes no longer have an unnecessary comma between the state and zip code.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Contact Methods are no longer editable on historical documents.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Clicking tab to select a new customer will now properly display the new customer name.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Returns: Returns now properly display creation messaging.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: Added a currency formatter to the Change Amount field.
FIXED: Customer Payments: Added a currency formatter to the Change Amount field.
FIXED: App-wide: Using the Save & New feature and then clicking tab on a dropdown will no longer select the previous value for that field.
FIXED: Discount Setup: Percentage discount amounts will no longer appear as ten times the amount of their current value in the grid.
FIXED: Sales Document Transfers: The Qty Fulfilled column no longer rounds up to the nearest whole number.
FIXED: App-Wide: Audit Tabs: Every time the Audit tab is visited it refreshes.
FIXED: Data Import Validator: Clicking the backdrop will no longer close the modal.
ADDED: Customer Class: An Inactive field was added.
ADDED: Vendor Class: An Inactive field was added.
ADDED: Sales Territory: An Inactive field was added.
ADDED: Contact Method Type: An Inactive field was added.
ADDED: Interaction Type: An Inactive field was added.
ADDED: Fee Type: An Inactive field was added.
ADDED: A POS Sync log was added.
ADDED: Purchase Advisor: The Purchase Advisor allows configuring multiple purchase orders to be generated against stock or backorder quantity.
ADDED: Purchase Generator: The Purchase Generator automatically generates multiple purchase orders against stock or backorder quantity.
ADDED: Company Card: The Company card allows users to add or make edits to company information.
ADDED: Discount: Reason Code required checkbox, but this has been changed.
ADDED: Customer Payments: A Save & New button was added to the Customer Payment drawer.
ADDED: Customer Payments: Payments can now be applied to invoices from the Customer Payment drawer.
ADDED: Purchase Order Item Entry: Searching on SKU and UPC in item entry is now optional. You can opt in by clicking on the More button next to the Purchase Line grid's Column button.
UPDATED: Invoice: Posting an invoice will now return users to the document search screen.
UPDATED: Purchase Monitor: The Purchase Monitor now filters for purchase orders that are not void or closed.
UPDATED: Item Master: The Standard Cost field now displays as a currency.
UPDATED: Menu: The Switch Companies button was renamed to Switch Company.
UPDATED: Inventory Search: The List Price column now displays as a currency.
UPDATED: Dynamic Grid Reports: Multiple reports of the same type will no longer share filter values.
UPDATED: System Settings: Settings are now better ordered by basic and advanced.
UPDATED: System Settings: Non-integration settings are now located in the Company Settings category.
UPDATED: Item Master: For new inventory items, Asset Account now defaults to the Default Asset Account set under system settings.
UPDATED: Item Master: For new inventory items, COGS Account now defaults to the Default COGS Account set under system settings.
UPDATED: Item Master: For new non-inventory items, Expense Account now defaults to the Default Expense Account set under system settings.
UPDATED: Item Master: For new non-gift-card items, Income Account now defaults to the Default Income Account set under system settings.
UPDATED: Item Master: For new gift-card items, Income Account now defaults to the Default Gift Card Account set under system settings.
UPDATED: Item Master: For new items, Valuation Method now defaults to the Default Valuation Method set under system settings.
UPDATED: Discount Setup: Uofm is now a dropdown.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: The Purchase Order subgrid now has Quantity, Location, and UofM columns.
REMOVED: Assembly Transaction Entry: The item link was removed from the Item Lookup editor.
REMOVED: Discount Setup: The Discount Codes section was removed.
REMOVED: Discount Setup: The Discount Rules section was removed.
REMOVED: Discount: The Can Stack field was removed.
REMOVED: Discount Setup: The Begin and End Time fields were removed.
REMOVED: Discount Setup: The Reason Code field was removed.
Web Service
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Negative line items with a discount will now apply the discount to the extended price, as if the line were positive.
UPDATED: Purchase Order: Discount amount can no longer be negative.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt: Discount amount can no longer be negative.
Release Date 05/05/2017
API Version 1.0.298.0
AUTH Version 1.0.300.0
WEB Version 1.0.116.0
POS Server Version 1.0.186.0
PP API Version 1.0.48.0
PP WEB 1.0.7.0
API Service
FIXED: Sales Monitor: Historical returns (credit memos) are no longer displayed.
FIXED: Setup: Sales Document Type: Estimates are no longer able to be allocated.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Serial generation will now correctly calculate cost for each line created with non-base UofMs.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Voiding a purchase order sets the purchasing status to Closed.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Allocate Action: Bundle items will no longer allocate or fulfill.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Quantity can be lowered when back-ordered quantity is equal to quantity.
FIXED: Sales Receipt Entry: Payments may now be applied.
FIXED: Inventory Transaction Entry: Users can now specify a bin's Location when adding lines.
FIXED: Setup: Item Master: Components cannot be added to an item master unless the item is a pre-assembled bundle or a bundle.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Invoicing a document that was previously split will now maintain the document's correct number.
FIXED: Assembly Transaction Entry: Items that are not inventory tracked will set the quantity allocated and fulfilled equal to the line quantity.
FIXED: Settings: Inactive customers and discontinued or inactive items are now filtered out of the dropdown menus.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Partial Invoicing: Remaining sales line items will now maintain their back-ordered quantity after partial invoicing.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Inactive Price Levels can no longer be applied to sales documents.
FIXED: Stock Count Entry: Creating inventory adjustments from a stock count will now set the Unit of Measure properly.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Workflow Condition: Gross margin percent evaluation will now work as expected.
FIXED: Sale Document Entry: Splitting once again works for documents with back-ordered quantities.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Posting: Lines with no item on them will now allow posting, and, in the event of errors while posting, batches will no longer become stuck in a permanent processing state.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transfer: The creation of a fully invoiced document is now audited.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transfer: Generated invoices' origins are now set correctly.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The 'Apply Tax After Discount' setting is maintained when splitting.
FIXED: PayFabric Integration: Payments that do not have an Approved status will be audited but not saved.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transferring a previously split sales document with a bundle will now properly allocate and fulfill components of those bundles.
FIXED: Data Import: Sales Documents: Documents imported without addresses but with existing customers will now have that customer's address copied to the document.
FIXED: POS Integration: Documents with 'Tax Before Discount' enabled from POS will now retain that setting on 'Apply Tax After Discount'.
FIXED: Assembly Transaction Entry: Swapping between pre-assembled bundles on assembly transactions now properly de-allocates the previous components and allocates the new components.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Users can now post a non-taxable document with taxable sales line items in a US non-multi-currency company.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Deleting all lines on a partially or completely back-ordered document now properly completes.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Changing the UofM on a line in a multi-currency company will correctly update the price.
FIXED: Data Import: Importing sales documents with customers that do not exist will now create the customer.
FIXED: Sales Document Type: Workflow is a required field.
FIXED: Transaction Posting: Failures associated with sending certain transactions over to QuickBooks will now prevent documents from being fully posted.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: The Notes size limit was increased to 4000 characters.
FIXED: Item Master: Users cannot change an item's type to Bundle when it is a component of another bundle.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: The Historical status has been replaced by a Closed status.
FIXED: Assembly Transaction Entry: Fulfillment and un-fulfillment rounding now works as expected for serial-tracked items.
FIXED: QuickBooks Integration: Users can now properly disconnect companies from QuickBooks Online.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Void function once again works for item-less lines.
FIXED: QuickBooks Integration: Sales documents that are tax inclusive with no taxes on them will export their shipping amount as tax exclusive.
FIXED: PayFabric Payments: Voided payments now properly update credit card transaction type on the line, allowing documents with fully voided PayFabric payments to void correctly.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Posting: Return and refund documents with non-inventory tracked lines will no longer cause inventory records to be generated for those non-inventory tracked lines.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Components of a bundle with a List Price will now better maintain a Unit Price of 0.
FIXED: Defaults: Items created by the system are categorized as System Item Types.
ADDED: Purchase Order Entry: Purchase line items can now be canceled.
ADDED: Vendor Data Imports: Contact methods can now be imported.
ADDED: Vendor Data Import: Ship From contacts can be imported.
ADDED: Purchase Order Entry: Vendor Notes are copied to purchase orders at the time of creation.
ADDED: Data Imports: Inventory adjustments out and transfers support was added. Note: Serial and lot-tracked items are currently not supported, despite allowing the mappings.
ADDED: Customer Card: Contact Grid: A Location column was added.
ADDED: Vendor Card: Contact Grid: A Location column was added.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Instances when bundles cannot be fully allocated and the quantity is set to zero are now audited.
ADDED: Dynamic Grid Report: The Sales by Customer report now filters all but posted documents.
ADDED: Currency: Support was added for multi-currency.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Split: Documents split as a component of the splitting Workflow action will continue executing Workflow actions affiliated with their Workflow state.
ADDED: Data Import: Purchase orders can now be imported.
UPDATED: Item Master: Standard Item Valuation usage now requires Standard Cost to be used.
UPDATED: Grid Reports: POS: The EOD Till report and Till Date report now properly respect the system setting for post date when determining cutoff dates.
UPDATED: Workflow Actions: The Slack Workflow action now has an editable URL.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Sales Line Item Discount and Discount Percent are now both editable.
UPDATED: Setup: Discounts: The Discount target All has been renamed as Header.
UPDATED: Setup: Discounts: The Discount target One has been renamed as Line Item.
UPDATED: Setup: Discounts: The Discount target Any has been renamed as Header or Line.
UPDATED: Sale Settings: The 'Apply Tax After Discount' setting description was reworded to be clearer.
REMOVED: Data Imports: Multiple column entries that weren't used have been removed.
REMOVED: Data Import Inventory In: Workflow information can no longer be mapped.
IMPROVED: App wide: Batch actions now display more understandable messaging.
CHANGED: Customer Data Import: If no information is provided for the Shipping contact, we will attempt to use the Billing contact information.
CHANGED: Customer Data Import: If no information is provided for the Shipping address, we will attempt to use the Billing address information.
CHANGED: Customer Data Import: If no information is provided for the Billing contact, we will attempt to use the Shipping contact information.
CHANGED: Customer Data Import: If no information is provided for the Billing address, we will attempt to use the Shipping address information.
Auth Service
FIXED: QuickBooks Integration: Users can now properly disconnect companies from QuickBooks Online.
Integration
FIXED: Shopify Itegration: Item UPCs are now integrated.
FIXED: ShipStation Integration: Sales documents will now better support reshipping after canceling.
FIXED: QuickBooks Integration: If the initial export times out, transactions will no longer attempt to export a second time.
FIXED: QuickBooks Integration: Sales documents that are tax inclusive with no taxes on them will export their shipping amount as tax exclusive.
FIXED: QuickBooks Integration: Exchange rates are now correctly exported for multi-currency US companies.
FIXED: Transaction Posting: Failures associated with sending certain transactions over to QuickBooks will now prevent documents from being fully posted.
FIXED: QuickBooks Integration: Documents created and voided in QuickBooks Online will now properly void and remove payment applications.
FIXED: ShipStation Integration: Using the Ignore Shipping Writeback checkbox on a sales document Shipping contact will now properly prevent the document's shipping value from being updated automatically.
ADDED: QuickBooks Integration: Purchase orders will now be imported on initial integration.
ADDED: QuickBooks Integration: Purchase receipts posted at the same time for the same vendor will now export in a batch to a single vendor bill.
ADDED: Shopify Integration: Settings: The 'Ignore Shipping Amount Updates' setting was added to control if the shipping value is ever updated in SalesPad Cloud from a third party shipping integration.
ADDED: Shopify Integration: Shipping Methods are now imported.
ADDED: Shopify Integration: A 'Default Shipping Method' setting that will automatically set the Shipping Method for imported documents from Shopify, if not specified, was added.
UPDATED: Integration: Shopify: Integrations will now rate limit API calls to Shopify in order to improve the integration process.
UPDATED: QuickBooks Integration: Credit Memos: Credits applied to a customer from a credit memo will now correctly include the deduction of credit on the exported payment.
UPDATED: Shopify Integration: Discounts on documents now apply to the lines instead of to the header.
UPDATED: Internationalization: Integration: SalesPad Cloud now offers multiple currency support with QuickBooks Online.
UPDATED: Currency: To support multi-currency functions, or to match a change in the home currency, currencies now import from QuickBooks Online.
UPDATED: QuickBooks Integration: Item master modifications will now export.
UPDATED: ShipStation Integration: Completing a shipment in ShipStation will now automatically forward the affiliated sales document through Workflow.
UPDATED: QuickBooks Integration: 'Shipping', 'Discount', 'Track locations', and 'Track Classes' settings will now automatically be set during initial integration.
UPDATED: QuickBooks Integration: Sales Document: Customer Notes is now the only note field that exports.
Web
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: A Salesperson set at the header level can now be rolled down to the document's sales lines.
FIXED: App-wide: The app will no longer freeze while deleting multiple lines in a grid.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: ShipStation Shipments: Tracking information displays correctly.
FIXED: Inventory Transaction Entry: Line Items Tab: Enabling Serial Lot Auto will no longer prevent the user from using their keyboard immediately after updating.
FIXED: Customer Card: Payments: A loading spinner now appears after beginning a PayFabric payment.
FIXED: Dynamic Grid Reports: When switching a report's data source, the grid now properly loads the default layout for the newly selected report type.
FIXED: Grids: The auto filter row applies to the grid when open.
FIXED: Grids: The auto filter row does not apply to the grid when closed.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The line item grid will now refresh after a line item fails to save.
FIXED: App Wide: Rolldown: Changing a rolldown Date field won't trigger the rolldown window if the values are the same.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales Line Linking: Manually entering a link quantity properly links that line.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales Line Linking: Clicking different cells in the currently selected row in the From grid no longer reloads the To grid.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales Line Linking: Link quantity can no longer exceed quantity for line items in the To grid.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales Line Linking: The Add All button properly calculates the amount to add.
FIXED: Customer Card: When editing a customer and changing the Customer Class, users are no longer prompted to roll down the Tax Code.
FIXED: Reports: The Inventory Stock Status report is available for anyone to run.
FIXED: Dynamic Grid Reports: Discarding changes while adding or editing a report properly closes the drawer without saving the changes.
FIXED: Integration Dashboard: The Integration Type auto filter option was fixed.
FIXED: Intermittent app freezes due to undefined API URL no longer crash the app.
FIXED: Login: Company Select: Long company names truncate properly.
FIXED: Settings: Checkboxes work in a case-insensitive manner.
FIXED: App-wide: Changes on Notes fields will now save correctly.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Payments Tab: The Delete action has been replaced by Void and Credit actions for PayFabric charges.
FIXED: Receiving Search: Checkboxes to hide voided and posted receipts are once again updating the grid when clicked.
FIXED: Sales Document: Customer address will be formatted correctly.
FIXED: Payfabric Payments: Error messages will now be available within the Payment screen.
FIXED: Address Box: The Holding tab (on the sales document card, for example) will no longer randomly shift pages.
FIXED: Address Box: The Address box is now able to hold focus, and hitting the space bar will open the drawer.
FIXED: PayFabric Dashboard: The Continue Onboarding button will now be disabled while attempting to disconnect from PayFabric.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Payments: Messaging related to deleting payments was fixed.
ADDED: Stock Count Entry: The Linked Adjustments tab is now available. After successfully generating adjustments, the user will be brought to this tab.
ADDED: Item Card: UPC Tab: UPCs can now be edited through the grid by clicking the Edit icon next to the UPC's name.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Sales Line Linking: Users can now link dropship items on sales documents to dropship purchase orders for the same customer.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: A Sales Line Discount Type column was added.
ADDED: Item Master: An Intercom event was added when changing Valuation Method to Standard.
ADDED: App-wide: Most text input fields in the application will now display a max available length a value can hold. When the length is met, the input will no longer allow text to be entered.
ADDED: Purchase Order Entry: The ability to import purchase orders via the Purchase Order Search screen was added.
ADDED: Settings: A 'Default Purchase Order Type' setting was added to the Data Import Settings category.
ADDED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: A Bin Selection modal will now appear when adding non-tracked items to an out/transfer adjustment with a multi-bin Location.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: A Return All button, which quickly returns the maximum amount of all line items on refunds and returns, was added.
ADDED: Customer: A new import template was added.
ADDED: Inventory: A new import template was added.
ADDED: Adjustment In: A new import template was added.
ADDED: Vendor: A new import template was added.
ADDED: Sales Document: A new import template was added.
UPDATED: Item Card: UPC Tab: UPCs can now be set to Inactive, and they can no longer be deleted.
UPDATED: Customer Card: Payments Tab: PayFabric payments with a transaction status of Void, Declined, Denied, and Failure will now display with a strike-through in the grid.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: Purchase orders that have been fully received or manually closed will now be considered closed.
UPDATED: Settings: Certain dropdowns can no longer be cleared.
UPDATED: Only organization owners can update the image for a company.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: The Allocation button action will now only be available for document types who have Allocation Method set to Manual.
UPDATED: Search Screens: The Grid Import icon was updated.
UPDATED: Search Screens: The Grid Export icon was updated.
UPDATED: Dynamic Grid Report: The Grid Export icon was updated.
UPDATED: Grid Report: The Grid Export icon was updated.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Payments: Manual credit card payments now receive the Delete action instead of Credit and Void.
UPDATED: Item Card: The Components tab will now only be available for Bundle or Pre Assembled Bundle items.
UPDATED: Item Card: The Serial / Lot tab will now only be available for serial or lot-tracked items.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Payments: Wording on the Hide Voided checkbox was updated to make what it is doing more obvious.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: The Sales Line Discount is editable.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Payments Tab: Server errors will now properly display when trying to save new and existing payments.
UPDATED: Customer Card: The Audits tab now refreshes every time it is visited.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Inserting above and below lines will result in the Discount Type being set to Amount.
UPDATED: Vendor Items: Vendor items will now show Unit Cost in the Vendor's Currency field.
UPDATED: Customer Card: A/R Tab: The center grid now shows all open A/R transactions, instead of just unpaid sales documents.
UPDATED: Notes Field: The style of Notes fields was updated to increase legibility in higher screen resolutions.
UPDATED: Customer Card: Payments Tab: The Hide Deleted Payments checkbox has been changed to Hide Invalid Payments. This will hide deleted payments as well as any other invalid payments for that customer.
UPDATED: Setup: Payment Terms: Fields have been organized in a more intuitive manner. Fields now appear only when they are being used.
UPDATED: Customer Card: Payments: Amount Applied can now be set manually per application.
UPDATED: Data Imports: ID has been removed from field names to make for easier mapping from the import/export template.
UPDATED: Item Hint: The category title Recent Purchases was changed to Recent Sale.
UPDATED: Sales Document Setup: Serial/Lot Fulfillment fields can only be changed when Fulfillment Method is set to Auto.
UPDATED: Sales Document Setup: When Fulfillment Method is set to Manual, the Serial/Lot Fulfillment fields are now also set to Manual.
UPDATED: Setup: Workflow: The Workflow field formerly called Description is now called Workflow Name.
Hotfix
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Discontinued items with zero available quantity can now be added to all Sales Document Types.
Hotfix
ADDED: Printed Reports: Inventory Adjustment Transaction: Inventory transaction lines now have an item master member to find additional details for.
ADDED: Printed Reports: Assembly Transaction: Assembly transaction lines now have an item master member to find additional details for.
ADDED: Printed Reports: Stock Count: Stock count lines now have an item master member to find additional details for.
ADDED: Printed Reports: Sales Document: Sales line lines now have an item master member to find additional details for.
ADDED: Printed Reports: Purchase Order: Purchase order lines now have an item master member to find additional details for.
IMPROVED: General Application: Multiple users on a single company will now experience reduced latency in the application.
Hotfix
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Taxes will no longer be improperly set to zero after an existing document is saved.
Release Date 03/16/2017
API 1.0.276
AUTH 1.0.124
Web 1.0.111
POS 1.0.164
PP API 1.0.43
PP FE 1.0.19
API Service
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The information window now shows quantity available for bundles.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Using insert actions against a bundle line will no longer render non-component lines as if they were components.
FIXED: Sales Document Card: A sales document's Tax Code is now only based off the 'Contact Used for Tax' setting.
FIXED: Item Master Card: Serial numbers are no longer duplicated if used against multiple transactions.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Non-inventory type items with negative quantities will no longer cause quantity allocated and fulfilled to be driven negative.
FIXED: Sales Document Split: Split documents will now be assigned to the correct Workflow.
FIXED: Partial Invoicing: Remaining sales line items will now maintain their backordered quantity after partial invoicing.
UPDATED: Item Master Card: Vendor Items: Vendor item cost is now copied from the item master's purchase cost.
Integration
FIXED: QuickBooks Integration: Returns in SalesPad Cloud once again integrate over to QuickBooks as Credit Memos.
FIXED: Shopify Integration: Custom lines once again integrate properly on sales receipts.
UPDATED: QuickBooks Integration: Exports will now reject documents with discounts, if discounts are not enabled in QuickBooks Online.
UPDATED: QuickBooks Integration: Payments on customers will now export to QuickBooks as unapplied payments for that customer.
UPDATED: QuickBooks Integration: Vendor and customer changes (excluding contact data) will now export to QuickBooks Online if the related customer or vendor has been previously integrated with QuickBooks Online.
Web
FIXED: General: Using the browser's back button after logging in and logging into the same company multiple times will no longer break the app.
FIXED: Grid Menu Screen: The confirmation message for deleting an item will no longer reference an old item name if the name was updated after the item was added to the grid menu.
FIXED: Setup: Item Class: Updating the New Item Class drawer's Uofm Type will no longer update any of the card's fields.
FIXED: Dynamic Grid Reports: Sorting the grid by a string column is no longer case-sensitive.
FIXED: Item Master Card: Item Drawer: Item number validation will now be done once the Save button is clicked.
UPDATED: Organization Management: The organization owner can now update company permissions for free users.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Shipping Field: Emptying the Shipping Amount field will default the value to 0.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Discount Field: Emptying the Discount Amount field will default the value to 0.
UPDATED: Customer Card: Add/Edit Drawer: The Sales Territory name is displayed, rather than the description or <Blank Field>.
UPDATED: Setup: Customer Class: The Sales Territory name is displayed, rather than the description or <Blank Field>.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: The Update Vendor Item button will now remain locked until the request is fulfilled.
Web Service
FIXED: Dashboard: Integration Log: Exporting a grid will no longer result in a 504 error.
FIXED: Data Import Adjustments: Imported adjustments will now be correctly split by Location.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Changing the To Location on an inventory transfer will not result in the To bin being incorrectly updated.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The fulfillment date is reset when a manual fulfillment cannot fulfill a sales line.
FIXED: Data Imports: Customer: Importing Contact Methods with a type of Other will no longer cause an import to fail.
FIXED: Sales Document Import: Importing a value for both the Customer and Customer Name fields will no longer result in a failed import.
FIXED: Setup: Price Level: Per item pricing should now save successfully.
FIXED: SOP to POP: Purchase orders created from sales lines will now have a vendor properly assigned.
FIXED: Vendor Items: Vendor items with no cost set will default to the item master's purchase cost.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Workflow Actions: When documents are forwarded through Workflow, they will now add to their audit all actions attempted.
ADDED: Customer Card: Updates are now audited.
ADDED: Item Master Card: Updates are now audited.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Tax codes will now only ever be changed to the Shipping Contact's Tax Code when created or when the customer on the document changes.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Location information will be pulled from the customer's Shipping Contact, if present.
UPDATED: Dynamic Grid Reports: Void, historical, and posted sales document are included in the report data.
Hotfix
FIXED: QuickBooks Integration: The vendor bill date is now properly set to the post date.
Release Date 03/08/2017
API 1.0.266
AUTH 1.0.122
WEB 1.0.109
POS 1.0.160
PP API 1.0.41
PP WEB 1.0.19
API Service
ADDED: Sales Document Search: Invoices that were created from a split can now be combined back into a single invoice.
Integration
FIXED: Integrations: Shopify Inventory: Shopify items mapped to bundles in Shopify will now correctly add the components to the document, and export the summary quantity of the bundle back to Shopify.
ADDED: Shopify Integration: Automatic Dropship Shortage Setting: A new setting was added that will, on import from Shopify, allow a line to automatically be set to dropship or be split on the same document between available and dropship quantities.
UI
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Req Ship Date will now correctly roll down to the sales lines, if desired.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Ship Date will now correctly roll down to the sales lines, if desired.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Required Date will now correctly roll down to the purchase lines, if desired.
UX
ADDED: Setup: A toggle was added to display advanced setup screens.
Web
FIXED: Search Screens: Batch actions will be correctly applied to multi-paged search grids.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Req Ship Date will now correctly roll down to the sales lines, if desired.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Ship Date will now correctly roll down to the sales lines, if desired.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Required Date will now correctly roll down to the purchase lines, if desired.
FIXED: Adjustment Entry: Users can now export the adjustment line item's grid.
FIXED: Assembly Transaction: Users can now export the assembly transactions line item's grid.
FIXED: Help: Broken help links in the Employees and Assemblies sections were fixed.
ADDED: Data Imports: Added related help links to the Data Import drawer.
ADDED: Setup: A toggle was added to display advanced setup screens.
ADDED: Setup: Sales Document Type: Allocation Method was added to order Sales Document Types.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: Partially received purchase orders will now have a purchasing status of Partially Received instead of Past Received.
UPDATED: Document Emailing: The From Email field now displays the actual email address the system will use.
UPDATED: Grid Menu: Item images are now transparent when dragging between pages.
Web Service
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: Users can no longer generate purchase orders with discontinued Items.
UPDATED: Sales Line Item Entry: Inactive items can now only be added if there is remaining inventory or the document is a return or refund.
Release Date 03/01/2017
API 1.0.259
Auth 1.0.119
Web 1.0.107
POS 1.0.156
PP API 1.0.37
PP Web 1.0.19
API Service
UPDATED: Grid Menu Entry: Preferred grid menus can not longer be inactive or disabled.
Integration
FIXED: QuickBooks Integration: Imported invoices now properly update the On Account field.
Web
FIXED: Grid Menu Setup: Creating and editing grid menu items of the SubMenu type will no longer display an error regarding existing row and columns.
FIXED: Grid Menu Setup: Refreshing the page after a grid menu is opened, then editing a grid menu item of the Item type will no longer display the selected Item as a blank field.
FIXED: Grid Menu Setup: Refreshing the page after a grid menu is opened, then editing a grid menu item of the SubMenu type will no longer display the selected grid menu as a blank field.
FIXED: Emailing Screen: Emails will now display properly in the Recipient dropdown.
FIXED: Inventory: Edit Item Drawer: The margins for all of the rows of inputs were normalized.
FIXED: Customer Contacts: Only one contact method per type can be labeled as preferred for each contact.
FIXED: Vendor Contacts: Only one contact method per type can be labeled as preferred for each contact.
FIXED: User Settings: User settings will now save and load after switching companies.
FIXED: POS: Employees Category: This category will now only appear for SalesPad POS companies.
FIXED: Sales Document Card: An item sub grid now respects the item's quantity decimal for quantity available and back-ordered.
FIXED: Adjustment Card: An item sub grid now respects the item's quantity decimal for quantity available and back-ordered.
ADDED: Workflow Email Action: The Send From Options field was added to the Email Action drawer and contains the following dropdown options: Free Type, Created By, Sales Rep, and Current User Login.
ADDED: Customer Card: Contacts Tab: The Location field is now available when creating and editing a contact.
ADDED: Customer Card: The Default Location field is now visible. This will reflect the customer's shipping contact's Location.
ADDED: Item Card: A Notes tab was added.
ADDED: Report Designer: The ability to import and export reports was added.
ADDED: Grid Menu Item Setup: Images can now be uploaded to a grid menu item, once the items are placed in a menu.
ADDED: Purchase Order Entry: Updating a line item's unit cost for a line that is also a vendor item will now trigger a prompt asking the user if they'd like to also update the unit cost to the vendor item.
ADDED: Item Class Setup: Weight UofM can now be set for an Item Class.
ADDED: Inventory Overview: Weight UofM can now be rolled down to an item when an Item Class is applied.
ADDED: Customer Card: Payments: Applying payments to invoice screens now has search functionality.
UPDATED: Item Master Card: Item Accounts can now be cleared when creating or editing an Item Master.
UPDATED: Email Report: The From Email field is now a dropdown with the following dropdown options: Free Type, Created By, Sales Rep, and Current User Login.
UPDATED: Grid Menu Setup: Grid menu items of the Item type now use the selected Item Master's name.
UPDATED: Grid Menu Setup: The Description field is now editable for grid menu items of the Item type.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Line Items Tab: Fully linked purchase lines now display when manually linking lines.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: Line Items Tab: Fully linked sales lines now display when manually linking lines.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Bundles will no longer be displayed as an option in the Line Item Number Lookup grid.
UPDATED: Printing Screen: The From field will now be persistent per user.
UPDATED: Vendor Card: An indicator is now shown in the header when a vendor is inactive.
UPDATED: Customer Card: An indicator is now shown in the header when a customer is inactive.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Line Items Tab: Reason Code can now be selected for returns and refunds.
REMOVED: Grid Menu Setup: The Name field has been removed for grid menu items of the Item type.
REMOVED: Item Card: The Notes field is no longer available when creating or editing an Item Master.
Web Service
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Linked Purchasing Status is now set to 'Needs Purchase' when backordered quantity exists for a line but not been purchased.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Workflows: On creation, a sales document will be added to the lowest sequenced active Workflow.
FIXED: Item Master: An item cannot be set to Inactive if it is a component of an active bundle or pre-assembled bundle.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Line Item Tab: The Fulfillment date is now set when a line is fulfilled.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt: Posting: Sales lines linked to purchase receipt lines that contain non-inventory tracked items will now have quantity purchasing updated.
ADDED: Batch Action Table: Actions performed from search views on multiple selected entities will now have a batch action identifier applied.
Release Date 02/16/2017
API 1.0.255
AUTH 1.0.116
Web 1.0.105
POS 1.0.151
PP API 1.0.34
PP FE 1.0.17
API Service
FIXED: Inventory Search: Quantity available for bundle items is calculated correctly.
FIXED: Workflow Batch: Sales documents can no longer forward to an inactive batch.
Integration
FIXED: QuickBooks Integrations: Sales line items will no longer be duplicated if the original QuickBooks Online document is edited.
ADDED: PayFabric Integration: A new timed cleanup job which will grab payments lost due to connection problems was added.
UPDATED: Integration Dashboard: The last message for pending exports will now be more consistently useful.
UI
UPDATED: Adjustment Search: Styling on the grids will now reflect the current status of a given adjustment.
Web
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Serial and Lot Fulfillment drawer now works after refreshing on a document with no line items.
FIXED: In-App Documentation: Added Stock Counts, Inventory Reconcile, and Employee documentation links.
FIXED: Dynamic Grid Reports: Filter fields will no longer disappear when quickly switching between reports.
FIXED: Dynamic Grid Reports: Filters will now properly load between sessions.
FIXED: Dynamic Grid Reports: The Run Report button will no longer endlessly spin when switching between reports.
FIXED: Workflow Card: The email action field Report to Send will no longer appear outdated.
FIXED: Workflow Card: The transfer action field Sales Document Type will no longer appear outdated.
FIXED: Workflow Card: The transfer action field Workflow Destination will no longer appear outdated.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Payments Tab: A new PayFabric payment's default amount will now properly reflect the document's remaining amount.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Payments Tab: The Transaction Amount field will now properly default to the full owed amount on a document when creating a payment on non-posted documents.
FIXED: Reset Password: The reset password message has been updated to be clearer.
FIXED: Workflow Card: Non-date fields will no longer improperly display a date.
FIXED: Adjustments Audit: This tab will now refresh every time a user visits it.
FIXED: PayFabric Integration Screen: The "If this content does not load..." text will no longer be shown once the page loads.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Tax Code field will no longer display as "<Blank Field>" when adding a customer that has a Tax Code.
FIXED: Serial Lot Picker: Shared serial lot numbers across different bins will no longer cause issues with the calculation of picked and remaining amounts.
UPDATED: Settings: Settings will now display in alphabetical order.
UPDATED: Setup Screens: All checkboxes are now displayed on the right-hand side of the screen.
UPDATED: SOP to POP Line Linker: Rather than just saving the currently highlighted sales line item in the left grid, the drawer will now save any changes that happened across all lines.
UPDATED: Stock Count Entry: Line Items Tab: The Notes column is now editable in the grid.
UPDATED: Assembly Transaction Entry: Line Items Tab: The Notes column is now editable in the grid while the assembly transaction is open.
UPDATED: Item Class Setup: The Price Method field was removed from the Create Item Class drawer.
UPDATED: Assembly Transaction Entry: Line Items Tab: Users can now add/remove components and edit quantity for all items.
UPDATED: Assembly Transaction Entry: Line Items Tab: Users can now set unit cost for non-inventory tracked items.
UPDATED: Adjustment Search: Styling on the grids will now reflect the current status of a given adjustment.
UPDATED: Grid Exports: The exported file will now respect the grid order in SalesPad Cloud.
Web Service
FIXED: Inventory Import Template: The Can Backorder column, which is no longer used, was removed.
FIXED: Sales Document: The Allocation button will not allocate and fulfill dropship line items.
FIXED: Inventory: Quantity available is not rounded.
FIXED: Inventory Search: Quantity available for bundle items is calculated correctly.
FIXED: Inventory, Sales, and Assembly Transactions: Both FIFO and LIFO fulfillment now function correctly.
ADDED: Inventory Transactions: Locations changes are now audited.
ADDED: Customer Import: The ability to import contact methods was added.
ADDED: Printed Reports: Contact methods were added to sales documents, purchase orders, and purchase receipts.
UPDATED: Item Master Components: Items can now only be a component of bundles and pre-assembled bundles once.
UPDATED: Forwarding: Failure messaging is now more informative.
Release Date 02/03/2017
API Version: 1.0.250
Auth Version: 1.0.115
Web Version: 1.0.104
POS Version: 1.0.149
PP API Version: 1.0.32
PP Web Version: 1.0.15
Grid Report
FIXED: Dynamic Grid Reports: Sales reports use only posted sales documents.
Integration
FIXED: QBO Integration: Sales Document Import: Initial Workflow will be correctly set on import.
FIXED: ShipStation Integration: The document date will now transfer over in PST instead of UTC.
Web
FIXED: Vendor: Setting the Shipping Method when creating a vendor will now properly apply to the vendor's contact.
FIXED: Dynamic Grid Reports: Reports containing the Item Status field will no longer display a number in this field.
FIXED: Grids: The final row of a grid is now completely visible.
FIXED: App Wide: Pressing Enter while a dropdown is open in a grid no longer locks the scrollbar.
FIXED: Adjustment Entry: The Void and Posted badge alignments were fixed.
FIXED: Adjustment Entry: The spacing between the Void and Release button was fixed.
FIXED: Inventory Transaction Entry: Line Items Tab: Inactive bins are no longer displayed in the Bin dropdowns.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Documents will no longer lock after failing to void.
FIXED: Purchase Recipient Entry: Receiving serial/lot items will no longer open their Item Numbers editors.
FIXED: Date Picker: Date selection for all date pickers will now update immediately.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The splitting preview will now correctly display how the document will be split based on the selected criteria.
FIXED: Integration Dashboards: The Import and Export badges will no longer incorrectly appear disabled when no integration has occurred on the current day.
ADDED: Shopify Integration: Users will now be able to disconnect.
UPDATED: Vendor Card: When creating a purchase order from a vendor, that vendor's contact's Shipping Method is now used for the new purchase order.
UPDATED: Vendor: When rolling down the Vendor Class Shipping Method field, it will now apply to the contact's Shipping Method.
UPDATED: Vendor Card: Contacts Tab: When creating a contact, the Shipping Method field will default to the vendor's Vendor Class's Shipping Method.
UPDATED: Customer Card: Contacts Tab: When creating a contact, the Shipping Method field will default to the customer's Customer Class's Shipping Method.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Historical orders that have been fully invoiced will now display as Fully Invoiced.
UPDATED: Receiving Search: When multiple messages are received while batch forwarding, the messages are now displayed in a categorized pop-up.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: When multiple errors are received while acquiring shipping rates, the messages are now displayed in a categorized pop-up.
UPDATED: Customer Search: The checkbox to hide inactive customers now saves and loads.
UPDATED: Sales Document Search: The checkboxes to hide voided and posted transactions now save and load.
UPDATED: Inventory Search: The checkboxes to hide inactive and discontinued items now save and load.
UPDATED: Adjustment Search: The checkboxes to hide voided and posted adjustments now save and load.
UPDATED: Stock Count Search: The checkboxes to hide voided and historical stock counts now save and load.
UPDATED: Vendor Search: The checkbox to hide inactive vendors now saves and loads.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Search: The checkboxes to hide voided and historical purchase orders now save and load.
UPDATED: Receiving Search: The checkboxes to hide voided and posted receipts now save and load.
UPDATED: Employee Search: The checkbox to hide inactive employees now saves and loads.
UPDATED: Assembly Transaction Search: The checkboxes to hide voided and posted transactions now save and load.
UPDATED: Dynamic Grid Reports: The layout of the grid report now saves and loads.
UPDATED: Company Selection: When creating a new company, the user is now given the option to upload an image.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: The Item Details on the grid will now display the last invoice number, last invoice date, quantity, and unit price for the line item.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Line Items Tab: The Item Number column now links to the related Item card.
UPDATED: Assembly Transaction Entry: Line Items Tab: The Item Number column now links to the related Item card.
REMOVED: Vendor: The Shipping Method field is no longer available when creating or editing a vendor, and is now set only on a vendor's contacts.
Web Service
FIXED: Sales Document Splitting: Partially invoiced documents that are then split will now receive the correct document number.
FIXED: Sales Document: Partial Invoicing: Bundles that have back-ordered items will no longer show up as options for invoicing on the Partial Invoicing Transfer trouser.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Item UPC information is now populated on lines.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Creating a sales document from the Customer card will no longer cause an error when the customer is assigned a Customer Class with a Tax Code.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Documents with discontinued items are now able to be posted.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Manual fulfillment will now correctly group lot and non-tracked items.
FIXED: Item Card: When a new Item Class is assigned to an item, the UofM Type will properly update.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Item-less lines now show up on linked sales line grids.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Post: Quantity purchasing is now correctly updated for dropshipped line items.
FIXED: Workflow Actions: Workflow actions are now run based on condition sequence first, followed by action sequence.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Components can once again be added to a bundle when the component UofM is different than the item master UofM.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Bundle components will display unit price when bundle unit price is zero.
FIXED: Dynamic Grid Reports: Sales reports use only posted sales documents.
ADDED: Sales Document: Partial Invoicing: A Fully Received status was added.
UPDATED: Item Master Card: Accounts will now only revert to default settings on initial add or if not set.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Adding alerts will now audit.
UPDATED: Warehouse Bin: A Location's default return bin can no longer be set as Inactive.
UPDATED: Stock Count: If a stock count has no variance when adjustments are generated, the stock count will be marked as Historical.
UPDATED: Grid Menu: A featured grid menu is now required.
Release Date 01/31/2017
API Version: 1.0.247
Auth Version: 1.0.113
Web Version: 1.0.103
POS Version: 1.0.145
PP API Version: 1.0.29
PP Web Version: 1.0.14
Integration
ADDED: QuickBooks Integration: Purchase Receipts: Itemless, description-only lines will now export.
Release Date 01/20/2017
API 1.0.243
Auth 1.0.113
Web 1.0.102
POS 1.0.143
PP FE 1.0.13
PP API 1.0.28
Integration
FIXED: QuickBooks Integration: New subitems will now properly export to QuickBooks.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Shipping: A new Default Shipping Country setting has been added for customers that don't have an explicitly defined country on addresses.
Web
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Card: Line Items Tab: Purchase Order Num lookup in the grid will no longer show invalid purchase orders.
FIXED: Sales Document Card: Linked Purchase Lines Tab: All selected lines are properly unlinked when the user selects more than 75 lines.
FIXED: Purchase Order Card: Linked Sales Lines Tab: All selected lines are properly unlinked when the user selects more than 75 lines.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales documents can no longer be linked to purchase orders that have been received, set to historical, or set to void.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Purchase orders can no longer be linked to sales documents that have been set to historical or set to void.
FIXED: Item Card: Uploading an image will now work properly.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Payments Tab: A manual refresh is no longer needed to update the transaction total after voiding a PayFabric charge.
FIXED: Stock Counts Entry: Item grids can now be exported.
UPDATED: Inventory Adjustments: The From Location dropdown will now lock when a serial/lot item is added to an out or transfer adjustment.
UPDATED: Item Card: Errors that occur while uploading an image will now be more explicit.
Web Service
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Post: Linked sales lines with non-inventory dropshipped items will not be allocated and fullfilled.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment: Inventory cannot be adjusted to an inactive bin.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Dropship purchase orders can be received from a purchase receipt.
ADDED: Sales Document Search: A Ref Num column was added.
ADDED: Purchase Order Entry: Purchase Receipt Tab: UofM is now available on grid lines.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Partial Invoicing: Item description is now available on the partial invoicing screen.
UPDATED: Sales Document Posting: Sales documents that failed to post during a batch post operation will add an audit message saying why they failed.
UPDATED: Inventory Transaction Posting: Inventory transactions that failed to post during a batch post operation will add an audit message saying why they failed.
UPDATED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Inactive bins can no longer be used on transactions.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Lines without an item can no longer have a cost on them.
REMOVED: Setup: Customer Class: Location was removed from Customer Class.
REMOVED: Item Master: COGS account has now been rolled into Expense account.
REMOVED: Item Class: COGS account has now been rolled into Expense account.
Release Date 01/11/2017
API 1.0.238
Auth 1.0.112
Web 1.0.97
POS 1.0.138
PP API 1.0.24
PP FE 1.0.7
Web
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Card: Sub Total, Total, Shipping Amount, and Discount fields will now remain visible when the gird is expanded.
UPDATED: IE11: Switching Companies: Switching companies in IE11 now properly redirects to the Dashboard.
UPDATED: Fee Type: Debit and credit accounts are required on Fee Types.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: A warning message will now appear when attempting to mark a partially received purchase order as historical.
UPDATED: Inventory Search: The name for inventory search has been changed to "Inventory for:" to indicate that the user can filter by location.
Web Service
FIXED: Sales Document Transfer: The Created By field on a new document will now be set to the user requesting the transfer.
FIXED: Sales Document Splitting: Splitting a document multiple times will now correctly retain linked purchasing information.
UPDATED: Sales Document Actions: Batch action messaging was improved.
Release Date 12/30/2016
API 1.0.234
AUTH 1.0.110
WEB 1.0.96
POS 1.0.135
PP API 1.0.22
PP WEB 1.0.7
Integration
FIXED: ShipStation: Shipped documents will now correctly set the document as editable and update the document total upon import.
ADDED: Workflow Batch: Auto Forward Property: Auto forwarding can now be set up per Workflow batch.
REMOVED: Sales Document Type: The Auto Forward property was removed.
Model
ADDED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: An Adjustment Reason property was added to the header.
Web
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Quantity Fulfilled now respects an item's decimal places.
FIXED: Assembly Transaction Entry: Location will now roll down properly.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Partial Invoicing: Users can change negative quantities to a lower negative value.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Payments are now disabled on historical orders.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Deposits are no longer allowed on invoices.
FIXED: App-wide: Closing drawers immediately after opening will no longer cause the page to shift unexpectedly.
ADDED: Customer Card: Payments: The grid now has a Show/hide Deleted Payments checkbox toggle.
ADDED: Purchase Order Entry: The Change Order status will now display on purchase order documents.
ADDED: Assembly Transaction Entry: Can now email and print.
ADDED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: An Adjustment Reason field was added to the header. It can be rolled down to line level via the rolldown modal.
ADDED: Entity Number Setup: A new setup page to maintain and adjust the current numbering scheme across multiple transactional entities was added.
ADDED: Item Drawer: The Item drawer now has a Spread Cost Supported checkbox.
ADDED: Purchase Order Entry: Purchase orders now have Spread Cost Supported columns.
ADDED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Purchase receipts now have Spread Cost Supported columns.
UPDATED: Stock Count Entry: The grid will now refresh when an item fails to save.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: The grid will now refresh when an item fails to save.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: The grid will now refresh when an item fails to save.
UPDATED: Sales Document Imports: Workflow Batch Settings was removed from the import trowser.
UPDATED: Settings: The Default Workflow Batch field was removed from the Data Import Settings category.
UPDATED: Login: The QBO logo was updated.
UPDATED: Dashboard: The QBO logo was updated.
UPDATED: Integration Navigation Icons: The QBO icon was added.
Web Service
FIXED: Printing: Labels: Formatting was fixed on multiple quantity line reports.
FIXED: Printing: Labels: A negative quantity will no longer prevent line labels from being generated.
FIXED: Sales Line To Purchase Line Links: When increasing the quantity backordered and linked quantity, the inventory summary purchase quantity will update correctly.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Updating a bundle's quantity to 0 will no longer re-add the deleted components.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Manual Fulfillment: Manual fulfillment now respects line item UofM.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Manually taking payments on a posted document will apply the amount.
ADDED: Workflow Batch: Auto Forward Property: Auto forwarding can now be set up per Workflow batch.
ADDED: Purchase Order Entry: Purchasing Status: The Change Order status on a released purchase order indicates that the purchase order has been changed post release.
ADDED: Settings: Gift Cards: A default account setting was added.
REMOVED: Sales Document Type: The Auto Forward property was removed.
REMOVED: POS Settings: Removed the Auto Post Failed Workflow Batch setting.
REMOVED: POS Settings: Removed the Auto Post Workflow Batch setting.
Release Date 12/28/2016
API Version 1.0.229
Auth Version 1.0.106
Web Version 1.0.94
Pos Server Version 1.0.134
Partner API Version 1.0.13
Partner Web Version 1.0.6
Integration
FIXED: ShipStation: Integration: Previous documents created from posting and voiding shipments are now ignored by the integrator.
FIXED: Payments: Deleted or voided payments from Quickbooks will be updated.
FIXED: Sales Document Import: A Shipping contact is duplicated properly if Shipping and Billing contacts are the same in QuickBooks Online.
FIXED: QuickBooks Integration: Import: Item categories will no longer be imported into our system, as they do not represent items.
UPDATED: QuickBooks Integration: Sales Document Export: Sales documents with long tracking numbers (30 or more characters) will be truncated at 27 characters with "..." when exported to QuickBooks.
Web
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Double-clicking the Forward button will no longer forward multiple times.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Duplicate batches will no longer show up when clicking the Forward button.
FIXED: Security: App navigation will now fully respect group security setup.
FIXED: Navigation Search: This search will now only consist of search screens the user group has permission to view.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Using the Enter key to add a bundle as a sales line item or to update bundle quantity will no longer cause the sub-grid on the following line to open.
FIXED: Manage Organization: Clearing pending changes will not remove all users.
FIXED: Workflow conditions will no longer save after leaving the rules page and editing a security group.
FIXED: Workflows Setup: Inactive batches are no longer available as options in the Forwarding Batch dropdown.
FIXED: Import Definitions: Saving changes to an existing template will now behave as expected.
FIXED: Customer Payments: Only one message will be displayed if a payment fails to delete.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Out Transactions: A spinner has been added to the Add Lines button, restricting a user from double-clicking.
FIXED: Item Card: Posted and Read Only are no longer editable columns in the Sales grid.
FIXED: Customer Card: Posted and Read Only are no longer editable columns in the Item Sales grid.
FIXED: Sales Document Type Setup: Checkboxes will now load the proper values when both switching between document types and creating a document type.
FIXED: Price Level Setup: Information fields are no longer empty upon Price Level selection.
FIXED: Price Level Setup: The Price Level setup Uofm dropdown now properly retrieves the item's Uofm.
FIXED: Customer Card: The Payment Terms field will now consistently display the customer's Payment Term, as opposed to <Blank Field>.
FIXED: Onboarding: Screens containing the blue box should now be fully functional when zoomed in.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Card: Users are no longer required to refresh the app to post after receiving a purchase order.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Card: Posting will now work after refreshing on any tab.
FIXED: Item Drawer: Accounts Payable and Accounts Receivable types will no longer be available as options for an item master's Cogs Account, Income Account, Asset Account, and Expense Accounts.
FIXED: Connect to QuickBooks: Clicking around the Connection button will no longer lock the user from integrating with QuickBooks.
FIXED: Customer Card: Payments Tab: Users are no longer able to make payment applications using deleted payments.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: Bundle: Bundle and component quantities are set to zero when bundle cannot be fully allocated.
ADDED: Dynamic Grid Reports: A spinner will display on the grid while reports are loading.
ADDED: Item Card: Inventory Movement: This tab shows all documents where inventory is coming in or going out of the system.
ADDED: Item Master: Gift Card has been added as an available Item Type.
ADDED: Integration Dashboard Overview: The Dashboard overview now shows Initial Integration Date.
UPDATED: Vendor Class: Removed Currency field from the Vendor Class setup screen.
UPDATED: Partial Invoicing: Attempting to partially invoice bundle items will show an error message.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: The number of network requests necessary to forward a sales document was reduced.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: The Customer field now displays the original name that was in use when that customer was initially selected.
UPDATED: App-wide: The pop-up to confirm a user discarding changes is now consistent with the other pop-ups in the app.
UPDATED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: The line items grid will now refresh when Location is updated at the header level. A message will be displayed to inform the user that line-level Locations have been updated to reflect this change.
UPDATED: Stock Counts: The Notes text field fills the entire tab.
UPDATED: Stock Count Entry: The grid will now refresh after line deletion to account for line re-sequencing.
UPDATED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Grids will now refresh after line deletion to account for line re-sequencing.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: Grids will now refresh after line deletion to account for line re-sequencing.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Grids will now refresh after line deletion to account for line re-sequencing.
UPDATED: Documentation: Shopify, ShipStation, and Payfabric documentation links were added to the Help dropdown.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: The Fulfillment drawer will now respect Uofm factors when allocating quantity.
UPDATED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Out / Transfer Adjustments Fulfillment Drawer: Action columns will now read "Remove" and "Add" for serial tracked items and "Remove All" and "Add All" for lot tracked items.
UPDATED: Item Card: Components Tab: The Save & New button is no longer available when editing a component.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: Items are no longer editable after being chosen.
UPDATED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Items are no longer editable after being chosen.
UPDATED: App-wide: Posting transactions and documents now properly respects local time.
UPDATED: Sales Document Type Setup: Can Purchase is no longer available for estimate sales document types.
UPDATED: Customer Card: Payments: User are no longer able to attempt applying a payment to an invoice if a payment is declined, denied, failed, or void.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Line Items Tab: When a new line item fails to save, the grid now refreshes.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Unit cost is now editable on dropship inventory items.
UPDATED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: The More Actions dropdown will remain unlocked on inventory adjustments.
UPDATED: Customer Card: Payments Tab: Fully applied payments now appear grayed out.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Payments Tab: Deleted payments now appear grayed out with a strike-through.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Return from Invoice: Return options are now listed on the left-hand side of the trowser, as opposed to the bottom.
UPDATED: Company Logo upload: The proper error message will now display when attempting to upload unsupported file types.
UPDATED: Adjustment Entry: The Item lookup will now contain gift cards.
UPDATED: Stock Count Entry: The Item lookup will now contain gift cards.
UPDATED: Integration Dashboard Overview: The Dashboard overview now shows both successful and failed imports.
UPDATED: Integration Dashboard Overview: The Dashboard overview now shows both successful and failed exports.
UPDATED: Grid Reports: Date columns will now have the following date format: MM/DD/YYYY.
UPDATED: Password Reset: The user will now be redirected to the Sign In page, once their password has been successfully reset.
UPDATED: Customer Payments: The Apply Payment to Invoices trowser will now display a notification if a user attempts to apply a payment without selecting an invoice.
REMOVED: Security Setup: Grid Reports is no longer a group permission option.
REMOVED: Purchase Order Type Setup: The Can Post field was removed from all purchase order types.
REMOVED: Sales Document Type Setup: The Can Post field was removed from order sales document types.
REMOVED: Purchase Order Type Setup: Sequence field was removed from all purchase order types.
Web Service
FIXED: Sales Line Item: Bundle: Bundle and component quantities are set to zero when the bundle cannot be fully allocated.
FIXED: Inventory Bins: Bin can be set to Inactive, if they no longer have inventory.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Deleting a line will re-sequence all of the lines.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Deleting a line will re-sequence all of the lines.
FIXED: Inventory Transaction Entry: Deleting a line will re-sequence all of the lines.
FIXED: Stock Count Entry: Deleting a line will re-sequence all of the lines.
FIXED: Sales Document: Transfer: Items with non-base UofM will now set the line's fulfillment quantity correctly.
FIXED: Sales Document: Copying a sales document which contains a bundle no longer throws an error.
FIXED: Sales Document: A transfer will not occur if an inventory tracked line item has zero quantity fulfilled.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Posting: Dropship sales lines now correctly calculate cost.
FIXED: Assembly Transaction Entry: A warning message will appear if a bin is not specified for an assembly transaction that uses a warehouse with bins.
FIXED: Sales Document Transfer: Transferring an estimate which contains a bundle to an order now works.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Line: Allocations and fulfillments are correctly calculated.
FIXED: Item Master: Duplicate item master audits were removed.
FIXED: Sales Document: Partial Invoicing: Non serial/lot tracked items on bundles are now invoiced as expected.
FIXED: Sales Documents & Purchase Receipts: Posting: A document cannot be posted if a discount is applied and the Discount Item is not set in QuickBooks Import Settings.
FIXED: Sales Document Post: Lacking line fulfillment will no longer place the document in a permanent posting state.
FIXED: Sales Document: Partial Invoicing: Bundle components with non-base Uofm now properly fulfill.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Copy: Copying an adjustment with a serial or lot tracked line will now correctly copy the line and remove the serial or lot number.
FIXED: Sales Document Splitting: Splitting with a bundle that has an overriding price will not re-price the components.
FIXED: Sales Document: Split Document: Sales line items are set to historical when the sales document is set to historical.
FIXED: Purchase Order: Historical: Inventory purchasing quantity is updated when partially received.
FIXED: Data Imports: An issue where setting a serial or lot number on an inventory transaction wouldn't import the line or transaction was fixed.
ADDED: File Upload: Security around uploading files was added.
ADDED: Inventory Settings: 'Automatically Generate SKUs' - Enabling this setting will back-fill all inventory type items (inventory, preassembled bundles, gift cards) with a stock keeping unit (SKU) and, going forward, automatically fill in SKU if not set on item master add.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: SOP To POP: Dropshipping a sales document line will set the unit cost on the purchase order line to what it was on the sales document.
UPDATED: Purchase Orders: All actions are now audited.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Split: Split documents will now retain parent reference number and customer purchase order numbers.
UPDATED: Payments: Payments marked as deleted cannot be added to sales documents.
REMOVED: Purchase Order Type: The constraint that required sequence on purchase order type to be unique was removed.
Release Date 11/22/2016
API 1.0.204
Auth 1.0.97.0
Web 1.0.91
POS 1.0.126.0
PP API 1.0.12
PP Web 1.0.5
Web Service
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Lines will now correctly set cost when converting between non-base UofMs on out adjustments.
FIXED: Customer Card: Payments Tab: Editing a customer payment transaction amount will update the un-applied amount.
FIXED: Sales Document Transfer: Lines with negative quantities can be transferred from an order to an invoice.
FIXED: Inventory Reconcile: Historical and void purchase orders will no longer affect the calculation of quantity purchased at the summary or warehouse summary level.
FIXED: Report Designer: Report Designer will now work on Google Chrome for Mac.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Payments Tab: Payments with failed statuses can no longer be applied to documents.
Release Date 11/07/2016
API 1.0.194
AUTH 1.0.91.0
WEB 1.0.90.0
POS 1.0.120.0
PP API 1.0.7
PP WEB 1.0.4
Web Service
UPDATED: Purchase Order Entry: Receiving: Receiving a serial tracked line from a purchase order will now create a line for each quantity by UofM Factor, with the unit cost as set at the time of receipt.
Release Date 11/07/2016
API 1.0.193
AUTH 1.0.91.0
WEB 1.0.90.0
POS 1.0.120.0
PP API 1.0.7
PP WEB 1.0.4
Web Service
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Invoicing: Quantity will now be correct for items that are not inventory tracked.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: SOP to POP: Trying to decrease the quantity on a linked sales line will no longer throw a save error.
Release Date 11/07/2016
API 1.0.190
AUTH 1.0.91.0
WEB 1.0.90.0
POS 1.0.120.0
PP API 1.0.7
PP WEB 1.0.4
Web
UPDATED: Session Expired Screen: Hitting the Enter key after entering a password will attempt to log in the user.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: The On Account field will now only be visible on posted invoices, posted returns, posted sales receipts, and posted sales refund receipts.
UPDATED: Import History: Import History was renamed to File Import History.
ADDED: Customer Card: Payments: Users can now apply payments to posted invoices for a customer.
ADDED: Sales Document Card: The Payment Terms Discount Due Date and Payment Terms Discount Amount fields will now display in the footer, if they are available.
Web Service
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Payments: Applying a payment to a posted document with Payment Terms will calculate a discount amount and add a new line, if the payment is made before the payment due date.
Release Date Date 11/02/2016
API 1.0.189
AUTH 1.0.90.0
WEB 1.0.89.0
POS 1.0.119.0
PP API 1.0.6
PP WEB 1.0.4
Web
FIXED: Sales Document Type Setup: After changing Sales Document Types, Transfer To options are now properly filtered by Can Transfer To.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Adding a bundle item to a purchase order will only add the bundle components.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Updating the Location field will no longer cause errors on blank lines.
FIXED: Company Selection: Switching to a new company will no longer keep settings from the previous company.
FIXED: Grid Dropdown Editors: Dropdowns will now close when navigating backwards in history.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Adding a bundle item will now properly display all bundle components.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Line items are now always locked on posted or voided sales documents.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Line items are now always locked on posted or voided adjustments.
FIXED: Item Card: Opening drawers after visiting multiple tabs will no longer obscure the website.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Costing will now update properly after deleting lines.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Editing discount data will now update the total.
FIXED: Data Import: Imported data shows within the column mapper.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Updating a UofM will no longer cause save errors.
FIXED: Workflow: Rules: Deleted Workflow batches no longer re-appear when reloading the Workflow setup screen.
ADDED: Item Class Setup: An Inactive field was added.
ADDED: Report Designer Setup: An Inactive field was added.
ADDED: Change Password: A user can now change their password from the User Menu.
ADDED: Integration Dashboard: Integration Log: Entity Type was added.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Users are now able to edit line item comments from the grid by clicking the Edit icon.
ADDED: Purchase Order Entry: Users are now able to edit line item comments from the grid by clicking the Edit icon.
ADDED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Users are now able to edit line item notes from the grid by clicking the Edit icon.
ADDED: Integration Dashboard: Integration Logs: Users are now able to view the error messages from the grid by clicking the Eyeball icon.
ADDED: Integration Dashboards: When an integration is improperly configured, the Dashboard will display an error message.
UPDATED: Item Hint: There is now a divider between Description, Status, and the Close button in the item hint panel.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: When posting a document fails, the errors are now displayed in a pop-up.
UPDATED: Assembly Transaction Entry: When posting a transaction fails, the errors are now displayed in a pop-up.
UPDATED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: When posting an adjustment fails, the errors are now displayed in a pop-up.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: When posting a purchase receipt fails, the errors are now displayed in a pop-up.
UPDATED: Workflow Monitors: Inactive Workflow monitors are now shown when not empty.
UPDATED: Workflow Monitors: Workflow monitors are now hidden when the Workflow is marked as Inactive.
UPDATED: UofM Setup: Proper notifications are received when adding new UofMs.
UPDATED: Inventory Card: UPC: Proper notifications are received when adding new inventory UPCs.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipts: Proper notifications are received when voiding or posting purchase receipts.
UPDATED: Integration Dashboard: The Settings button was aligned with the grid.
UPDATED: Sales Document Forwarding: The forward action's message now shows more useful information.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: The Item Type column for line items is no longer editable.
UPDATED: Location Setup: Default Receipt Bin, Default Sales Bin, and Default Returns Bin were added.
UPDATED: Additional Settings: POS categories will only display for POS companies.
UPDATED: Sales Document Type Setup: Sales Doc Type is now Display Name.
UPDATED: Sales Document Type Setup: The checkbox fields are alphabetized.
UPDATED: Sales Document Type Setup: Unnecessary fields are hidden based on Sales Document Type.
UPDATED: Price Level Type Setup: Input field labels are now consistent with the other setup screens' input fields.
UPDATED: UofM Type Setup: Input field labels are now consistent with the other setup screens' input fields.
UPDATED: Customer Class Setup: The territory on a Customer Class will default to the territory of the Customer Class's Salesperson.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Serial Lot Picker: Remaining Fulfillment Qty now displays in the chosen UofM and the base UofM for non-base UofM selections.
UPDATED: Assembly Creation: Serial Lot Picker: Remaining Fulfillment Qty now displays in the chosen UofM and the base UofM for non-base UofM selections.
UPDATED: Confirmation Popups: All actions are now placed consistently.
REMOVED: Workflow Setup: Rules: Transfer and Split action types were removed from Receipt Workflows.
REMOVED: Workflow Setup: Rules: Post, Transfer, and Split action types were removed from Purchasing Workflows.
REMOVED: Workflow Setup: Rules: Transfer and Split action types were removed from Inventory Adjustment Workflows.
REMOVED: Setup Screens: The "Please select a (entity type)" message was removed.
Web Service
FIXED: Inventory Bin: Fulfilled quantity is now properly calculated.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Using non-base UofMs on a line will now properly prevent back-ordered quantity from including values to the right of the decimal point.
FIXED: Sales Document Transfer: Quantity back-ordered will now only be used if the Transfer To Sales Document Type has Purchases Allowed flagged.
FIXED: Sales Document Transfer: Quantity allocated and fulfilled will now be calculated correctly when transferring to an Order Sales Document Type.
FIXED: Inventory Transaction Entry: Serial and lot numbers will again automatically generate if the line is flagged to do so.
FIXED: Sale Document Entry: Clearing Price Level now works.
FIXED: Sales Document Transfer: Tracking numbers will now transfer.
FIXED: Assembly Creation: Lines will no longer attempt to automatically allocate serial and lot tracked items.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Removing or changing customer information will remove all of the information in the Contact and Shipping Contact fields.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Lines cannot be added to posted or voided documents.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Lines cannot be added to posted or voided adjustments.
FIXED: Purchase Order: Receiving purchase orders will no longer reset the purchase receipt lines to purchasing UofM.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales lines will now reset their purchasing status when links to a purchase order are removed.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: The validation method for adjusting serial bin items from bins was corrected.
FIXED: Sales Document Batch Posting: The posting status will reset if a document fails to post.
FIXED: Inventory Stock Status: Export To CSV now works correctly.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: SOP to POP: Purchased lines will now correctly respect the parent sales line's dropship flag.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Users can no longer add payments to historical orders or estimates.
FIXED: Sales Document Post: Payments will no longer be over-applied to documents.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When received, pre-assembled bundles will now correctly fulfill their linked lines.
FIXED: ShipStation Integration: Correct information is imported for orders with duplicate order numbers.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Unit costs will now always update based on UofM changes.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The Payments field will now only be calculated and updated for posted invoices.
ADDED: Workflow Setup: The new rule "Document Is Awaiting Shipment" will allow for Workflows that have the shipping status "Awaiting Shipment" assigned to a sales document. This rule is similar to the "Document Has Been Shipped" rule.
ADDED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Adding a serial tracked line with serial lot auto checked and a quantity greater than 1 will generate a line for each quantity.
UPDATED: Inventory Transaction Entry: Automatic generation restriction on non-base UofM for serial and lot tracked items was removed. Lines will now split from non-base UofM to base-UofM, when flagged to automatically generate.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Copying: A copied sales line will now always have its back-order quantity set to 0.
UPDATED: Stock Count Entry: Lines will now always respect the Location of their parent document.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Customer notes are only copied to sales documents if they are not empty.
UPDATED: ShipStation Integration: Orders shipped in ShipStation will update corresponding sales documents on a shorter interval than the rest of the integration.
Release Date 10/21/2016
API 1.0.185
AUTH 1.0.89.0
WEB 1.0.87.0
Web
FIXED: Workflow Setup: Conditions and criteria can now be deleted correctly.
FIXED: Workflow Setup: Actions can now be deleted successfully after an action type has been selected.
FIXED: Workflow: Rules: Validation errors will now properly update as the user edits data.
FIXED: Workflow Action: While editing, if the user discards changes, the values will now properly be reverted.
FIXED: Sales Document Card: Messages to the user in the event of an error are now properly displayed.
FIXED: Purchase Order Card: After selecting a vendor, Shipping Method and Payment Terms will no longer appear as a blank field.
ADDED: Manage Organization: SalesPad POS Stations were added.
ADDED: Vendor Card: A Receipts tab showing all purchase receipt lines related to the vendor was added.
ADDED: Purchase Order Card: A Receipts tab showing all related purchase receipt lines was added.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Payments Tab: The amount in the Payments drawer will now be initially set to the sum of un-applied master amounts subtracted from the document amount.
UPDATED: Workflow Action: The To Email field is no longer required for the Email action type.
UPDATED: Workflow Actions: The transfer action type is now only available on sales Workflows.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Line Items: The grid will now always refresh when quantity on a bundle line is modified.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: ShipStation Shipments Tab: Added a Hide Voided Shipments checkbox above the grid in ShipStation Shipments.
UPDATED: Login Page: The "New Here" link now properly indicates that there is a thirty-day free trial instead of a fourteen-day one.
UPDATED: Login Page: The "Learn & Support" link now points to https://www.cavallo.com/support/cloud-support.
UPDATED: Login Page: The "Webinar" link now points to https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLQjHzMn5dHSqeWqxZwCcL7L6ZoJSsFOkM.
UPDATED: Sign Up: The Terms and Services link now takes users to https://www.cavallo.com/cloud/eula.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Card: Line Items: The Purchase Order Num in the grid now links to the related purchase order.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Card: The Shipping Amount and Discount fields are now located next to the Total field.
Web Service
FIXED: Item Master Card: Inventory: Bins: Inventory will now be correctly aggregated by bin.
FIXED: Workflows: Actions: Workflow actions can now be disabled properly.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: A line's extended cost is now properly rounded after being posted.
FIXED: Sales Document Transfer: Workflow rules that are evaluated on exit no longer cause errors.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Entry: Selecting a serial or lot item from the Serial/Lot Picker works once again.
FIXED: Purchase Order: Bundles: Bundle components will now correctly replace the bundle when placed onto a purchase order.
FIXED: Sales Lines: Unit Cost: Bundles will now be created with the correct unit and extended costs when not in base UofM.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Bundles will no longer show quantity allocated or fulfilled.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The quantity allocated and fulfilled for non-fulfillable item types will update correctly based on quantity back-ordered.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Receiving serial-tracked purchase order lines using the Receive Purchase Order button should no longer prevent entering a serial number or clicking Serial Lot Auto on a line.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Returns: Returning from an invoice will now display all lines in item base UofMs on both the return trouser and the return document.
Release Date 10/20/2016
API 1.0.181
Auth 1.0.89.0
Web 1.0.85.0
Web
FIXED: Report Designer: The search input and buttons line up properly.
FIXED: Customer Card: Item Sales: Dates are formatted correctly.
FIXED: Item Master Card: Sales: Dates are formatted correctly.
FIXED: Organization Management: Updating a pending user's email will update the the email in the list.
ADDED: Purchase Order Entry: An item link to item numbers was added.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Manually changing the quantity back-ordered for a linked sales line shows a message about purchase orders automatically updating to match.
UPDATED: Sales Documents: The Payments field will only show on historical or posted documents.
UPDATED: Sales Document: The Tip field will now only be visible when the company is using SalesPad POS.
REMOVED: Sales Document Entry: The New Payment option was removed from the More Actions dropdown. Payments can be added from the Payments tab.
REMOVED: Sales Document Entry: Payments: The ability to delete payment applications was removed.
Web Service
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: When creating a purchase receipt from a purchase order, the unit cost will be pulled from the purchase order line item.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: The total now correctly includes shipping and discount values.
Release Date 10/19/2016
API 1.0.179
AUTH 1.0.88.0
WEB 1.0.84.0
Web Service
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Customers will no longer fail to change under certain conditions related to contact information.
FIXED: Item Masters: Bundles: The warning message related to changing valuation method will no longer display without attempting to change a valuation method.
FIXED: SOP to POP: Users can purchase non-base UofM lines from sales documents again.
Release Date 10/17/2016
API 1.0.178
Auth 1.0.87.0
Web 1.0.84.0
Integration
FIXED: Shopify Integration: Extended price will now be set properly on sales line items.
FIXED: Company Defaults: The duplication of the US Dollars currency was removed.
FIXED: Integration: Shipping services are now integrated as Shipping Methods and tracking numbers are accurately integrated.
FIXED: Integration: Invalid Shopify credentials will now be handled correctly.
ADDED: Shopify Integration: An anonymous Shopify customer will now be used for all sales documents imported from Shopify without a customer.
ADDED: ShipStation Integration: Item Weight and Weight_Uofm are now exported to ShipStation when a sales document is shipped.
ADDED: Purchasing: Purchase Receipts and Orders: Support was added for spreading discount and shipping costs into line unit costs for purchase receipts. A freight vendor was added to receipts for shipping to go against. This will generate and post an additional document to reflect the receipt when the receipt is posted.
ADDED: QuickBooks Integration: Shipping Methods are now imported.
ADDED: QuickBooks Integration: Vendor email addresses are now integrated from QuickBooks Online.
UPDATED: Shopify Integration: Shopify will no longer overwrite the item description in SalesPad Cloud. The only time Shopify's item description will be written to SalesPad Cloud is during initial integration.
UPDATED: Shopify Integration: SalesPad Cloud will no longer overwrite the item description in Shopify.
UPDATED: Shopify Integration: Sales document taxes are now held in a Shopify Tax item.
UPDATED: QuickBooks Integration: QuickBooks Online inventory tracking will now prevent SalesPad Cloud exports from going over.
UPDATED: Shopify Integration: Canceled orders in Shopify will now be voided and conditionally restocked (based on the checkbox in Shopify for restocking) in SalesPad Cloud.
Web
HOTFIX: Purchase Lines: The ability to delete empty lines on a purchase order was fixed.
FIXED: Sales Document: Payments: The ability to take payments online through PayFabric was added.
FIXED: Importing: Blank headers should now import correctly.
FIXED: Grid Reports: Reports are no longer created multiple times when clicking the Save button.
FIXED: Tabbing to a dropdown field will now open that dropdown and allow typing.
FIXED: Adjustments: The item number dropdown now shows the correct quantity available.
FIXED: Purchase Order Card: The Workflow batch forwarding button will no longer disappear after refreshing the page.
FIXED: Sales Document: The line item hint now shows data from the Location on the line.
FIXED: Purchase Order: The line item hint now shows data from the Location on the line.
FIXED: SOP to POP: Sales Document: Users can no longer remove linked sales lines from purchase lines if the document is Read Only, Historical, or Posted.
FIXED: Purchase Order: Users can no longer remove linked purchase lines from sales lines if the the purchase order is Read Only or has been fully received.
FIXED: Location Setup: Bin Details Column Picker: The Reset Layout and Clear Autofilters buttons now display properly.
FIXED: Rolldown Modals: Boolean fields only show up when the value has changed.
FIXED: Customer: Contacts: The "Contact Method Value is required" message shows up consistently.
FIXED: SOP to POP: Purchase order links on sales documents are no longer overwritten when attempting to link again.
FIXED: Number inputs will no longer display as 0 when empty, unless they are required.
FIXED: Email Document: This screen now displays properly when viewed at resolutions less than 1400 pixels wide.
FIXED: Chargify Billing Screen: A message was added below billing info content which allows the user to access the direct link used to populate the billing content.
FIXED: User Snap: User Snap will now display when camera icon is clicked.
FIXED: Registration: The Register button now properly unlocks after after a failed registration.
FIXED: Workflow Batches: A Name is required for a Workflow batch.
FIXED: SOP to POP: Sales Line Linking: Two lines that have different Units of Measure can no longer be linked.
FIXED: Document Emailing: A custom recipient can now be added to an email.
FIXED: Document Emailing: Purchase orders, receipts, and adjustments can now be emailed.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: The tracking tab will now only display the tracking numbers for the current sales document.
FIXED: Setup: Workflow: Forwarding batches will now successfully delete when removed.
FIXED: Sales Document: Purchasing non-inventory items will generate a purchase order with the correct quantities.
FIXED: Sales Document Search: Batch transferring is now an available action when selecting documents.
FIXED: Purchase Order: Leaving a purchase order while the line item's filter bar is open no longer breaks the grid when the purchase order is reopened.
FIXED: Discounts: Discount Percent is now a percent field rather than a decimal field.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Manual Payments: Manual sales document payments can be deleted.
FIXED: Data Imports: The Import Column section will now fill the entire row.
FIXED: Sales Document: New manual payments save correctly.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Payments: The Total Transactions field will now update after completing a PayFabric payment.
FIXED: Sales Document Card: Partial invoicing is now only allowed when the Sales Document Type allows it.
ADDED: Sales Document Card: Payments Tab: The Hide Deleted Payments checkbox was added so that deleted payments may now be seen.
ADDED: Vendor Card: Contacts: The Set As button was added, allowing the user to set contacts from the grid.
ADDED: Sales Document Card: An Expires On field was added for estimates.
ADDED: Sales Document: Payments: Total Transactions Badge: This badge displays the running total of all payments on a sales document.
ADDED: Sales Documents: Users can now get shipping rates through Shipstation for a sales document.
ADDED: Customers: Create Vendor from Customer: This action can be located in the More Actions dropdown.
ADDED: Item Card: Serial/Lot Grid: A Purchase Receipt Num column was added.
ADDED: Sales Document: The ability to copy a Sales Document Type into any other active Sales Document Type was added.
ADDED: An Inventory Reconciliation module was added.
ADDED: Employee: A SalesPerson dropdown was added.
ADDED: Setup: A Vendor Type module was added.
ADDED: Vendor: A Vendor Type dropdown was added.
ADDED: Workflow Action: An Action Type for Slack was added.
ADDED: Sales Line Entry: Bundle components' Location can no longer be edited.
ADDED: Stock Counts: A new card that handles counting stock in a warehouse and creating inventory adjustments from those counts was added.
ADDED: Manage Organization: Actions: An Add Partner Code action was added.
UPDATED: Sales Document: Payments Tab: Data for this grid now comes from applied payments for historic documents.
UPDATED: Sales Document Card: Payments Tab: Deleting a payment no longer permanently deletes it.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Line Grid: The Backordered column will be Read Only for estimate Sales Document Types.
UPDATED: Inventory Adjustments: Line Items: Bins are now locked once set.
UPDATED: Sales Document Card: Line Item: Decimal quantities are now respected in the item overview.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Card: Line Item: Decimal quantities are now respected in the item overview.
UPDATED: Dropdowns will now select the highlighted value when pressing the Tab key.
UPDATED: Sales Document Card: The rolldown will only appear for the Ship Date and Req Ship Date fields when the user is finished editing the date.
UPDATED: Navigation Search: POS navigation options now only appear when the company is set up to use POS features.
UPDATED: Item Card: Components Tab: The modifier grid will no longer appear for non-POS customers.
UPDATED: Security measures when displaying user information were improved.
UPDATED: Documentation: The Community Home Page URL has been corrected.
UPDATED: The Login and Registration screens are now more consistent with one another.
UPDATED: Item Rolldown: The Can Backorder option from the item rolldown was removed.
UPDATED: Vendor Items: A vendor item number is no longer required for a vendor.
UPDATED: Sales Document Payments: Added Transaction Status as a default column on the payments grid.
UPDATED: Column Picker: The Clear Autofilters button will no longer display for grids that don't have an autofilter row.
UPDATED: Accounts: All QuickBooks accounts are now visible when selecting an account in any field.
UPDATED: Accounts: Account Types are now shown when displaying accounts.
UPDATED: Purchasing: Purchase Receipts and Orders: Added support for spreading discount and shipping costs into line unit costs for purchase receipts.
UPDATED: Manage Organization: SalesPad Cloud now uses volume pricing for seat costs.
UPDATED: Documentation: The Knowledge Base URL has been corrected.
UPDATED: Audits Tab: Audits are now ordered by the Changed On column in descending order.
UPDATED: Additional Settings: Category items will now only be listed on one line.
UPDATED: Payment Terms: Users can select "Due Before Day of the Month" or "Next Month Due Cut Off Day of the Month."
UPDATED: Vendors Contact: Added Title, First Name, and Last Name fields to New and Edit drawer.
UPDATED: Customer Contact: Added Title, First Name, and Last Name fields to New and Edit drawer.
UPDATED: New Customer Drawer: Added Title, First Name, and Last Name fields to Shipping and Billing sections.
UPDATED: Contact Method Type Setup: The Seq field has been removed.
REMOVED: Assembly Transaction Line: The Serial Lot Auto column was removed.
REMOVED: Assembly Transaction Line: The Serial Lot Num column was removed.
REMOVED: Sales Line Items: The Inventory Allocations drawer was removed.
REMOVED: Adjustment Line Items: The Inventory Allocations drawer was removed.
IMPROVED: Sales Document: ShipStation Shipments: This grid will now load more quickly than before.
Web Service
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Payments on sales documents should now calculate correctly.
FIXED: Stock Count Line: Adding an invalid item type to a line will correctly reject the change.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt: Pre-Assembled Bundles: Users can now correctly receive assemblies via purchase receipts.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Adding a payment to a posted invoice will now automatically apply that payment to the document up to the open amount on the document.
FIXED: Vendor Search: The Shipping Method column is now properly populated.
FIXED: Inventory Transaction Line: Unit cost wasn't using the Unit of Measure to calculate. This issue has been resolved.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Setting quantity back-ordered below the sum of purchase line links on a line will now result in a save failure.
FIXED: Sales Document: Copy: The quantity purchased will no longer be copied to a new sales document.
FIXED: Item Master: Trying to create an item with a name that already exists now throws an error.
FIXED: Sales Document: Batch Transfer: When partially invoicing, the sales document name is now correctly referenced on the batch transfer report.
FIXED: Dynamic Grid Reports: TopTenItems and SGProduct Mix will no longer fail to load data.
FIXED: Sales Line Items: Extended Cost: Extended costs now properly round immediately.
FIXED: Workflow: Documents are now transferred to the correct batch on exit rules.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Sales Lines: Allocations: Allocations will now correctly display the allocated value with respect to UofM.
FIXED: Purchase Order: Adding the default shipping item will no longer cause an error.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Partial Invoicing: Serial tracked lines should no longer cause problems with partial invoicing when not in base UofM.
FIXED: Assembly Transactions: Lines: Fixed lines were not updating the From Warehouse column in certain situations. This issue has been resolved.
FIXED: Vendor Search: Emails, phones, and URLs are now being displayed.
FIXED: Item Masters: Bundles will now force quantity decimals to 0 and notify the user that this is required.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Posting returns and refunds with non-inventory lines will no longer increase inventory for those items.
FIXED: Sales Line Purchase Line Links: Links now correctly update quantity.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Post: Posting a purchase receipt with a purchase order linked to a non-inventory sales lines will now allocate and fulfill that item.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Partial Invoicing: The Partial Invoicing card will no longer suggest that you can partially invoice quantity that includes back-ordered quantity. Partial invoicing will reject quantities that exceed their fulfilled amount.
FIXED: Data Imports: Returned failed data import files will now be .xlsx files.
FIXED: Sales Document: Partial Invoicing: Bundles: Bundles will now reject invoicing if any of their components are back-ordered.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales documents that have the "Can Purchase" option set for their Sales Document Type will now properly back-order, if insufficient quantity is available.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Copying, Splitting, Invoicing: Document notes for customers will no longer duplicate the most recent entry when copying, splitting, or partial invoicing.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Copy: Copying shipped documents will no longer result in new documents being marked as "Shipped."
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Setting a bundle quantity below 0 will now correctly multiply lines.
FIXED: Manage Organization: Adding a coupon will no longer remove pending changes.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Non-inventory type items should have their quantity allocated and quantity fulfilled set to their quantity back-ordered subtracted from their quantity.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Returns: Posting returns with serial and lot tracked items that were not added by returning an invoice or sales receipt will no longer add non-flagged inventory to the system.
FIXED: Data Imports: Fields that are specific to another entity now support empty fields, if the field is not required.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Item-less sales lines will now delete successfully.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Item-less lines will no longer show fulfilled and allocated quantity equal to the back-ordered quantity subtracted from the quantity on the line.
FIXED: Serial Lots: Lots: Posting adjustments (in)/Receiving/ Pre-assembled bundles with a pre-existing lot number now correctly associate.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Back-ordering estimate lines will no longer attempt to allocate or fulfill the line.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment: Auto-assignment of serial/lot number now works when adjusting in more than one serial item.
FIXED: Integration: Shipment voids in Ship Station are now audited.
FIXED: Document Splitting: Documents with zero quantity will no longer split.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transferring: Transferring from an estimate to order with a non-back-ordered non-inventory line will no longer update the quantity back-ordered.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Summary Views: The view criteria was corrected to retrieve entries for purchase receipts instead of inventory.
FIXED: Sales Line Items: Lines linked to purchase orders will now properly update the inventory records for back-ordered quantities.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Updating the Location on a purchase line will now properly update the Location display name (previously, the value would be set as expected but the visual wouldn't update).
FIXED: Work Flows: Posting: Sales Documents: Sales documents will now correctly post when using an "on exit batch" rule.
FIXED: Sales Document Splitting: Dropshipped lines inside bundles will no longer cause an empty sales document to be created.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Batch Transfer: Users can now batch transfer documents with all item types.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Posted Invoices: Posted invoices that were fully invoiced off of a document will no longer have the "Partially Invoiced" label.
FIXED: Workflow Actions: Sales Document Transfer: This action should work as intended, if there are lines on the document.
FIXED: Workflow Action: Emailing will now work for purchase orders, purchase receipts, assembly transactions, and inventory transactions.
FIXED: Batch Forwarding: The Forwarding status flag will now be reset when forwarding finishes.
FIXED: Stock Count Line: Users can no longer enter a negative number in the Quantity Counted column.
FIXED: Sales Line Item: Backordering estimates should no longer affect the inventory's back-ordered quantity.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Updating Location on Bundles should now roll down.
FIXED: Audits: Lines now audit for adding and deleting.
FIXED: SOP to POP: Purchase receipt posting will no longer create errant allocations.
ADDED: Data Import Setting: Users can now set the time zone that will be used when importing dates.
ADDED: Sales Document: Users can now get shipping rates from ShipStation.
ADDED: Purchasing: Purchase Receipts and Orders: Support was added for spreading discount and shipping costs into line unit costs for purchase receipts. A freight vendor was added to receipts for shipping to go against. This will generate and post an additional document to reflect the receipt when the receipt is posted.
ADDED: Item Master: Pre-assembled bundles cannot have a quantity decimals greater than 0.
ADDED: QuickBooks Integration: Shipping Methods are now imported.
ADDED: Workflow Condition: Unfulfilled quantity on a sales document was added as a Workflow condition.
ADDED: QuickBooks Integration: Vendor email addresses are now integrated from QuickBooks Online.
ADDED: Inventory Settings: The default Uofm schedule now has a default value when a company is created.
UPDATED: Inventory Adjustments: Inventory Transaction Lines: Adjusting inventory that is already in the system now has additional data integrity steps for the serial and lot items. Lines will de-allocate when their warehouse changes.
UPDATED: Vendor: Vendor Names: Vendor names are now unique per company. All existing duplicates will have their names appended with a duplication count.
UPDATED: Inventory Lookups (App-wide): Non-inventory tracked items will not have inconsequential quantities called out.
UPDATED: Inventory Lookups (App-wide): Bundle items will now only show quantity available.
UPDATED: Workflows: Conditions: Back-order and dropship quantity conditions are now true/false instead of quantity-based.
UPDATED: Workflows: Conditions: Users can now set a condition to select purchase orders if they are linked to a sales document and "Has Linked SO" in the same manner as "Has Linked PO."
UPDATED: UofM Setup: The Base UofM dropdown now only contains UofMs with a conversion factor of 1.
UPDATED: QuickBooks Integration: QuickBooks Online inventory tracking will now prevent SalesPad Cloud exports from going over.
UPDATED: Subscription Pricing: The new pricing model for subscriptions was implemented.
REMOVED: Workflow Rule: The option to skip a Workflow as a finishing action was added.
Release Date 09/29/2016
API 1.0.148
AUTH 1.0.85.0
WEB 1.0.75.0
Integration
ADDED: Integration: ShipStation: Warehouse location now integrates on ShipStation order items.
ADDED: Sales Document Import: Ref Num and Customer PO can now be imported.
Model
ADDED: Setting: Uses POS Features - Users can now enable a POS screen without having a POS seat added.
POS
ADDED: Setup: Sales Document Type: An Auto Batch Forwarding field was added.
Web
FIXED: Report Designer: Reports properly save when switching from one report to another after confirming changes.
FIXED: Adjustment Entry: Item Class appears correctly.
FIXED: Purchase Order Card and Sales Document Card: Linking sales lines to purchase lines will now work without refreshing the web page.
FIXED: Sales Document: Un-linking purchase orders updates across the app correctly.
FIXED: Settings: Enabling exports for QuickBooks Online will now prompt to update required settings, if necessary.
FIXED: Grid Column Picker: Searching works as expected once again.
FIXED: New Item Creation: Valuation Method data will be lost when switching Item Type to Bundle.
FIXED: Customer Contact Drawer: Contact Methods are now collapsible.
FIXED: Vendor Contact Drawer: Contact Methods are now collapsible.
FIXED: Open ID: Logging in with Intuit OpenID will now go directly to the Dashboard if there is only one company on the account.
FIXED: App-wide: Dropdowns in the grid will now be properly placed when the results are too tall.
FIXED: Sales Document Card: Line Items: Purchasing an item now works after un-linking from a purchase line.
FIXED: App-wide: Dropdown results in grids will now properly reflect what is entered in the search.
FIXED: Sales Document: Errors while voiding a sales document will now be shown.
FIXED: Company Creation: Company creation is now working in IE11.
FIXED: Sales Document Card: The new document number shows up properly after splitting.
FIXED: App-wide: Web page app titles display again.
ADDED: App-wide: A loading spinner was added to the Save button on Image Uploaders.
ADDED: Inventory Card: Component Tab: New Component: Save and New buttons were added, and the "Component Item" field will now focus upon drawer load.
ADDED: Vendors: Contact: Vendor contacts can be marked as inactive.
ADDED: Invited Users: Verification links will be sent to invited users to set up their Cloud account.
ADDED: Sales Document Card: A ShipStation Shipments tab was added.
ADDED: ShipStation Integration: ShipStation 'Connect' button now handles adding new integrations.
ADDED: Sales Document: Printing: The Recipients field is a multi-select dropdown populated by the customer data on the sales document emails.
ADDED: Sales Document Card: A Tracking Info tab was added.
ADDED: Setup: Location: A bin generation function was added.
ADDED: Sales Line Entry: Convert to Item: Item-less lines can be converted to an item.
ADDED: Purchase Line Entry: Convert to Item: Item-less lines can be converted to an item.
ADDED: Purchase Order Card: A Payment Terms field was added.
ADDED: Purchase Receipt Card: A Payment Terms field was added.
ADDED: Items: A reorder quantity function was added.
ADDED: Setup: Sales Document Type: An Auto Batch Forwarding field was added.
ADDED: Application Help Screen: The Question Mark button at the top of the screen will now display links to support information based on the current page.
ADDED: Settings Menu (Gear icon): The Setting menu now has a POS section.
ADDED: QBO Integration Dashboards: A button which provides navigation to integration settings was added to the upper right of the screen.
ADDED: Shopify Integration Dashboards: A button which provides navigation to integration settings was added to the upper right of the screen.
UPDATED: Sales Documents Lines: Line Linker: Uofm was added to both grids.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Lines: Line Linker: Uofm was added to both grids.
UPDATED: Setup: Unit of Measure: The app will now finish loading UofM data before editing is allowed.
UPDATED: App-wide: The "Unsupported Browser" notification can be dismissed.
UPDATED: Integration Dashboard: The auto-filter for the integration column will now be a dropdown.
UPDATED: Sales Document: Ship Pop Up: The Ship button now displays a spinner and disables while the request is processing.
UPDATED: Onboarding: Registration: The logo text is now visually consistent with the rest of the app text.
UPDATED: Setup: Sales Document Type: The 'Can Partially Invoice' option is now only available on Order Sales Document Types.
UPDATED: Sales Document Card: Users are now able to void and transfer documents that are Read Only.
UPDATED: Sales Document Card: Payments: Creating, editing, and deleting payments while the document is Read Only has been disabled.
UPDATED: Edit Drawer: If a save after editing is successful, the user will be notified.
UPDATED: Company Selection: Integrations no longer show up on the Company Selection screen.
UPDATED: Dashboards: Integrations: The Import and Export badges no longer look like checkboxes.
UPDATED: Sales Document Card: A sales document now only displays 'Ship Document' when the Sales Document Type has Can_Ship enabled.
UPDATED: Sales Document Card: A sales document now attempts to ship only when ShipStation has been configured.
UPDATED: Setup: Location: Bins can now be added and edited in a grid below the Location information.
UPDATED: Sign Up: Users no longer need to verify their email account.
UPDATED: System Settings: POS Integration settings: A Uses POS Features toggle which enables POS features to be used was added.
UPDATED: Sales Document Card: Back-ordered quantity will now respect the decimal precision set for a given item.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Card: The Total field will stay visible in collapsed/expanded grid modes.
UPDATED: Sales Document Card: The Total field will stay visible in collapsed/expanded grid modes.
UPDATED: Sales Document Card: Allocate and Post were moved to the More Actions dropdown.
UPDATED: Inventory Adjustment Card: The More dropdown was renamed to More Actions.
UPDATED: Inventory Components: Bundle types will no longer be listed as options for the Component Item field.
UPDATED: Manage Organization: This screen has been re-worked and now supports coupons.
UPDATED: Company Selection on log in: Font size was updated.
UPDATED: Company Selection on switching company: Font size was updated.
UPDATED: Vendor Card: Item Tab: Adding, editing, and deleting vendor items now uses a drawer.
UPDATED: Item Card: Vendor Item Tab: Adding, editing, and deleting vendor items now uses a drawer.
UPDATED: Addresses: The address display aligns properly and has proper label styling.
UPDATED: Customer Search Grid: The Customer Inactive column is now the Inactive column.
REMOVED: Customer Search Grid: The Contact Inactive column was removed.
REMOVED: Assembly Transaction Line: Line Items: The From Bin field was removed.
Web Service
FIXED: Manage Organization: Removing a deactivated seat no longer throws an error.
FIXED: Data Imports: Sales Documents: Users can no longer import to Read Only, Posted, Void, or Historical documents.
FIXED: Item Master: When saving a Item Master, if the Primary Vendor is set, the created vendor item will now have the cost set to the Item Master's Purchase Cost.
FIXED: Sales Document Splitting: Non-inventory sales lines will respect back orders upon splitting.
FIXED: Inventory Serial/Lot Tab: Correct information is now displayed for serial/lot items after they have been transferred.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Sales lines now correctly update back-ordered quantity on deletion.
FIXED: Returns/Refunds: Posting works again.
FIXED: Assembly Transactions: Posting: Assemblies will now post with all item types except for Bundle.
FIXED: Assembly Transaction: Posting: When posted, Item Types other than Inventory are no longer rejected.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Duplicate serial numbers will now message correctly.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Sales Lines: Splitting: Sales lines will now correctly allocate when split.
ADDED: Manage Organization: Inviting a user to an existing organization will now send them an email.
ADDED: Subscriptions: Coupons are now supported.
UPDATED: Bundles: Views: InventorySummaryView entries for bundles will now use the current cost of the item rather than defaulting to 0 if cost has otherwise not been calculated.
UPDATED: Sales Orders & Invoices: Partial Invoicing: Partially invoiced documents will now be annotated with a "." at the end with nothing following, indicating that it has been partially invoiced.
UPDATED: ShipStation Integration: Sales Documents sent over to ShipStation will now properly update their status to 'Awaiting Shipment'.
UPDATED: ShipStation Integration: Sales Documents removed from ShipStation by canceling will now properly reopen the associated document in SalesPad Cloud.
UPDATED: Sales Documents: Workflows: Workflow Conditions: New workflow conditions were added or updated for documents with any of the following criteria: dropship qty on line, Non-Inventory item on line, item-less item on line, active alerts, need to purchase, has lines linked to a purchase order.
UPDATED: Item Master: Items now support a Quantity for Reorder Point.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Now defaults Payment Term based on received purchase order's Payment Term.
UPDATED: Sales Document: Split Document: Users can now split documents with bundles. However, all of the bundles will go to a single document.
Release Date 09/07/2016
API 1.0.128.0
AUTH 1.0.76.0
WEB 1.0.69.0
FIXED: QuickBooks: Purchase Receipt Integration: All item types, excluding completely non-inventory, will now properly export to QuickBooks.
FIXED: QuickBooks: Sales Line Journal Entry Integration: Non-location tracked companies are now supported.
FIXED: Data Import: Duplicate column names will properly map and import.
FIXED: Sales Document: Line Items: Can no longer attempt to purchase line items which are already fully purchased.
FIXED: Sales Line Manual Fulfillment: Sales documents will only fulfill once.
FIXED: Purchase Order Card: Forwarding to another Workflow batch will now properly update the card.
FIXED: Item Entry Grid: Showing or hiding the auto-filter row while selecting an item will no longer cause a blank item to be selected.
FIXED: Integration Dashboard: Clicking an entity name now properly filters grids by the integration source of the entity.
FIXED: Customer: Contacts: Creating a new contact is now possible after editing an inactive contact.
FIXED: Company Creation: Finish button is reset if an error occurs.
FIXED: Grids: Dropdown editors in grids will no longer send a network request when pressing non-character keys like Alt or Shift.
FIXED: Open ID: Logging in with Intuit OpenID will now go directly to the Dashboard if there is only one company on the account.
FIXED: Adjustments Out: Bin is properly set when fulfilling serial and lot tracked items.
FIXED: Adjustments Transfer: Bin is properly set when fulfilling serial and lot tracked items.
FIXED: Grids: Grid height now displays properly after adding and saving a new row.
FIXED: Sales Document Type Setup: Standard Purchase Order Type selection will now persist as expected.
FIXED: Item: When creating an item, changing Item Type will now work after clicking Save & New.
FIXED: Serial Lot Picker: The grid to add lines loads correctly.
FIXED: Vendor: Shipping Method will now display in the Edit Vendor screen.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Posting an invoice will redirect the user back to the sales search page, regardless of how they got to the invoice.
FIXED: Internet Explorer: Dropdowns work correctly.
FIXED: Quantity Fields Throughout The App: Quantity will now respect the "Number of Decimals" field set upon item creation.
FIXED: Item: An error will now display when a user attempts to create a duplicate item number.
FIXED: Date Pickers in Pop-ups: If one pop-up opens another pop-up with a date-picker, the calendar will now properly display above the pop-up.
FIXED: Grid Reports: Reports now load properly.
FIXED: Assembly Transactions Grid: Fulfillment drawer is once again accessible through the Qty column.
FIXED: Sales Document: Manual fulfillment now functions correctly.
FIXED: Assembly Transaction: Fulfillment eye is working correctly.
FIXED: Data Imports: Delete and Save button states work properly after saving a new definition.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Out: Line items are now properly fulfilling.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Purchase Order Line Links: Failing to delete a linked line will now result in correct messaging.
FIXED: Inventory Transaction Entry: Can no longer set a transaction line with a serial item to a non-base UofM.
FIXED: Sales Document Splitting: Documents now properly re-sequence.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Lines without purchase orders can once again be edited.
FIXED: Document Transfer: Workflow batch will now be correctly updated when transferring a document that can be partially invoiced.
FIXED: Inventory that is improperly not in a bin is now accessible for the purposes of adjustments to allow for data correction.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Invoicing: To ensure data integrity, adjusted how relevant information in partial invoicing is presented and processed.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transfer: Partial Invoices will now generate correctly.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Adjusting Description/Comment on a sales line item that has allocations but no fulfillments will no longer cause a 'Queued Save Failure' error.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Invoicing: Having a line with 0 quantity will no longer prevent invoicing on the rest of the lines.
FIXED: Vendor Card: Removed excess Contact creation.
FIXED: Vendor Card: Updated Contact grid to properly retrieve Contact Methods.
ADDED: Assembly Transactions: Serial/Lot Fulfillment: A serial or lot item can now be fulfilled on assembly transaction lines by clicking on the "Eye" icon in the Qty cell.
ADDED: Data Imports: Trowser now lets you map fields from an Excel import to SalesPad Cloud columns.
ADDED: Sales Document Card: Returns or refunds can be generated from posted invoice and sales receipt documents.
ADDED: Data Imports: The user is warned if the data file imported is missing columns on the selected template.
ADDED: Data Imports: Sales document support.
ADDED: Sales Document Line Items: New panel to display item details added to the grid.
ADDED: Purchase Order Line Items: New panel to display item details added to the grid.
ADDED: Sales Document Search: Batch Transfer: Can now batch transfer sales documents from the sales document search screen.
ADDED: Workflow: Actions: Split Documents is now an available Action Type.
ADDED: Inventory: Sales Tab: Sales Doc Num now links to the sales document.
ADDED: Partial Invoicing Indicator: An indicator now displays on orders that were partially invoiced.
ADDED: Integration Dashboard: Importing and Exporting statuses now visible for each integration.
ADDED: Sales Line Item: Added a message when assigning a Price Level to an item that does not have a Price Level.
ADDED: Integration: Shopify Receipt Type is now a setting.
ADDED: Sales Document: Printed Reports: A tracking number dataset has been added to sales documents.
ADDED: Workflow: An action to split sales document is now available for Sales Workflows.
ADDED: Sales Document: Printed Reports: An Item Master dataset was added to sales line items.
ADDED: Data Imports: Item Master: Added SKU to Item Master import.
ADDED: Data Imports: Item Master: Added UPC as Item Master parallel import.
UPDATED: Sales Document: Line Items: When purchasing line items, if any items are not purchasable, a list of those items and the reason why they cannot be purchased will be displayed.
UPDATED: Data Imports: No longer able to continue after selecting a blank file, or a file that only contains header rows.
UPDATED: Item Creation: UofM Schedule, Selling UofM and Purchasing UofM are required when creating an item.
UPDATED: Sales Line Entry: Linked line items' Location can no longer be updated.
UPDATED: Inventory Transaction: Adding a serial/lot item to an adjustment out doesn't save the line until items are picked from the picker drawer.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Card: Line Item: Will now only save a new line item once an Item or Description is added.
UPDATED: Receipt Card: Line Item: Will now only save a new line item once an Item or Description is added.
UPDATED: Adjustment Card: Line Item: Will now only save a new line item once an Item is added.
UPDATED: Sales Document Import: Default Workflow Batch is limited to workflows available to the value set for Default Sales Document Type.
UPDATED: Assemblies: Post Date formats properly.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Invoicing: Line items now display in the Unit of Measure set on the sales document.
UPDATED: Assembly Card: Posting assemblies will save the correct post date.
UPDATED: Integration Dashboard: Now displays all integrations, whether or not they are active.
UPDATED: New Customer Drawer: Different Salespersons can be assigned to billing and shipping.
UPDATED: New Customer Drawer: Different Shipping Methods can be assigned to billing and shipping.
UPDATED: "Reset password" prompt wording.
UPDATED: Integrations Dashboard is now available to view on the entry Dashboard.
UPDATED: Data Imports: Auto-mapping is now case-insensitive.
UPDATED: Assembly Transaction Card: Assembly Bundle can no longer be cleared once it is set.
UPDATED: Adjustment Entry: Adjustment Out: Only base UofMs may be used.
UPDATED: QuickBooks Integration: Vendor bills created in QuickBooks via integration should now have item and quantity descriptions on each line.
REMOVED: Workflow: Actions: Printing was removed.
Release Date 08/12/2016
API 1.0.109.0
Auth 1.0.69.0
Web 1.0.62.0
FIXED: Dashboard: Only the organization owner will see the 'Add Billing Information' step.
FIXED: Purchase Order: Linking a Sales Document to a Purchase Order works correctly.
FIXED: Large grids will no longer appear empty when scrolling quickly to the bottom.
FIXED: Report Designer: Saving now works correctly.
FIXED: Sales Document Card: Line Items: Can no longer attempt to purchase empty lines.
FIXED: Setup: Location: No longer locks when editing the address before saving other changes to the Location.
FIXED: Applying Class defaults now works after using the Save & New button in drawers.
FIXED: Assembly Transactions: Quantity can no longer be negative.
FIXED: Line Item grids are no longer editable on Voided or Posted documents.
FIXED: Rolldowns: Canceling a rolldown works correctly.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt: Can void a receipt without a vendor or line items.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Transferring and Purchasing no longer require the document to be re-opened after adding a customer to the document.
FIXED: Grid Menu Setup displays properly.
FIXED: Sales Document Card: Will no longer display invalid Due Dates.
FIXED: Purchase Order Card: Editing the Shipping Address will no longer affect the Location Address.
FIXED: Sales Document Actions: All actions are now properly auditing again.
ADDED: Purchase Order Card: A link icon will appear on lines that are linked to Sales Documents.
ADDED: Purchase Order Card: An alert will be shown when a user attempts to delete a line linked to a Sales Document.
ADDED: Purchase Order: Added Shipping Method to Purchase Orders.
ADDED: Sales Document: Bundle components to printing and emailing.
ADDED: Sales Document Item Entry: Searching on SKU and UPC in item entry is now optional. You can opt in by clicking on the More button next to the Sales Line grid column picker button.
ADDED: Customer: Company Name field to creation drawer and customer card.
ADDED: Customer: Now able to add an optional phone number and email address to Billing and Shipping Contacts when creating a Customer.
UPDATED: Inventory Components: Selecting an item from the dropdown in the drawer should now set a default U of M.
UPDATED: Shopify: Scopes that we modify in Shopify are now correct.
REMOVED: Item: Can Backorder and apply Price Method.
REMOVED: Item Class: Can Backorder and apply Price Method.
Release Date 07/14/2016
API 1.0.92.0
Auth 1.0.61.0
Web 1.0.47.0
FIXED: Grids: Open editors will no longer be closed by the grid when quickly going from one editor to another.
FIXED: Grids: Grid scrolling will no longer freeze when tabbing quickly between editors in a new row.
FIXED: Item Entry Grid: The Item Entry Grid will now close when the browser's Back button is pressed.
ADDED: Sales Document Card: Line Items: Will now contain an Expand/Collapse button to hide the other fields on the page.
ADDED: Adjustments Card: Line Items: Will now contain an Expand/Collapse button to hide the other fields on the page.
ADDED: Receipt Card: Line Items: Will now contain an Expand/Collapse button to hide the other fields on the page.
ADDED: Purchase Order Card: Line Items: Will now contain an Expand/Collapse button to hide the other fields on the page.
Release Date 07/05/2016
API 1.0.92.0
Auth 1.0.61.0
Web 1.0.44.0
FIXED: Internet Explorer 11: App performance has been significantly increased on IE11. However, we still recommend that users use the Chrome browser.
UPDATED: Inventory: Vendor Items: Marking an item as the primary will refresh the grid to properly remove the primary flag from other items.
UPDATED: Vendor: Items: Marking an item as the primary will refresh the grid to properly remove the primary flag from other items.
Release Date 06/28/2016
API 1.0.91.0
Auth 1.0.59.0
Web 1.0.42.0
FIXED: Customer Card: Contacts: Clicking off the drawer for creating a new Contact will now properly ask to save changes before the drawer closes.
FIXED: Customer Card: Contacts: Clicking off the drawer for creating a new Contact will now properly ask to save changes before the drawer closes.
FIXED: Purchase Order: Purchase Order Lines: When a Purchase Line fails to be deleted, it will no longer be hidden until refreshing.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transfer: Bundles and Services Items can now properly be transferred to invoices.
FIXED: Grid Layouts: Bad or corrupted grid layouts will no longer be saved or loaded.
FIXED: Resolved an issue where pressing the browser's back button while on a Rolldown Window would cause a black overlay to cover up the application.
FIXED: Assembly Transaction Card: UofM will now properly display when selecting an Assembly Bundle.
FIXED: Assembly Transaction Card: Assembly Kit Field will now be empty when being cleared.
FIXED: Item Master: Components: A user cannot add a component item master of itself.
FIXED: Setup: Location: 'Is Primary' checkbox now properly saves.
FIXED: Assembly Transaction: Successfully voiding a transaction will now properly return the user to the search screen.
FIXED: Email Trowser: A Report must be selected before being able to send an email.
FIXED: Sales Line Item Grid: Margin Tooltip should now work with Bundles.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Transfer: Bundles and Services Items can now properly be transferred to invoices.
FIXED: Item Master: Components: Bundles may no longer be added as components of other bundles.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Deleting a sales line from an Item Bundle now properly re-sequences other lines.
FIXED: Address Editor: Setting 'Is Primary' will no longer clear out addresses.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Out: Line items are now properly fulfilling.
FIXED: Assembly Transaction Post: Inventory is now properly updated.
ADDED: QBO Export Settings: Summary Deposit To Account - Account funds are deposited to when creating Summary Receipts.
ADDED: QBO Export Settings: Summary Non-Taxable Item - Item used for non-taxable items when exporting Summary Receipts.
ADDED: QBO Export Settings: Summary Taxable Item - Item used for taxable items when exporting Summary Receipts.
ADDED: QBO Export Settings: Summary Receipt Customer - Customer used when exporting Summary Receipts.
ADDED: Purchase Order Card: Interactions: The field 'Remind On' is now available in the New and Edit Interaction drawer.
ADDED: Tab Monitors: The open/closed state of the tab monitors are now saved.
ADDED: Customer Card: Contacts: Set Customer Contact button available above the grid.
ADDED: Sales Document Return: The fields Tracking Number and Shipping Method are now available on returns.
UPDATED: Sales Document Card: Purchase Selected: Clicking the Purchase button more than once will no longer create multiple Purchase Orders.
UPDATED: Inventory: Can now change an item's unit of measure type and current cost when there is no quantity on hand for that item.
UPDATED: Setup: Price Level: Inactive price lists are now visible.
UPDATED: Sales Order Processing To Purchase Order Propcessing Line Linker: The 'Needed' column now displays total needed and total needed in relation to linked quantities.
UPDATED: New/Edit Item Drawer: The Asset Account dropdown will no longer be filtered if the Item Type is Non Inventory, Service, or Other Charge.
UPDATED: New/Edit Item Drawer: Selecting a new Item Type will reset the Asset Account dropdown.
UPDATED: Inventory: The default columns for the grid in the Components tab was updated to include 'Component Item' and 'Inactive'
UPDATED: Purchase Order and Sales Order Entry: Purchased lines may now be updated.
UPDATED: Item Types: 'Kit' has been renamed as 'Bundle'.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Invoices, Estimates, Sales Orders, Sales Receipts: Unit price and discount may no longer be driven negative; please use a negative quantity instead.
UPDATED: Unit of Measure Setup: Base Unit of Measures are now required to have a conversion factor of 1.
Release Date 06/20/2016
FIXED: System Settings: Replaced 'QBO Import Settings' with 'QuickBooks Online Import Settings'.
FIXED: Setup Cards: Navigating away from setup cards will show a navigation warning.
FIXED: Sales Document: Changes to fields in the header properly triggers the roll down to line items.
FIXED: System Settings: Replaced 'QBO Import Settings' with 'QuickBooks Online Import Settings'.
FIXED: Vendor Card: Contacts: Contact Method Usage is set to Acceptable if left blank on save.
FIXED: Adjustments: Copied adjustments will post correctly.
FIXED: Receiving: No longer able to receive a purchase order that doesn't have a vendor.
FIXED: Address Lookup: No longer displays blank entries.
FIXED: Signup page: Updated links for Why and Webinars.
FIXED: Sign-in: Signing into the app after signing out will no longer require a page reload.
FIXED: Adjustment Out: Add Serial/Lot drawer saves correctly.
FIXED: Component Tab on Inventory Card: Inactive column on Inventory Components tab is now hidden.
FIXED: Sales Document Post: Documents that fail to post will no longer display a Post Date.
FIXED: Inventory Transaction Entry: Empty Serial/Lot numbers no longer cause duplication issues.
ADDED: Layouts: Resetting layouts is now possible by clicking on the user's icon.
ADDED: Location Screen: Ability to mark bin as inactive.
ADDED: Till Drawer Setup Search.
ADDED: Till Drawer Setup Card.
ADDED: Imports: Excel template generation and download.
ADDED: Receipts: Link to linked purchase orders.
ADDED: Item Edit: Changing an item to type Kit will disable cost fields. If there is data in these fields, the user will be prompted.
ADDED: Item Class Setup: Changing an item to type Kit will disable cost fields. If there is data in these fields, the user will be prompted.
ADDED: Sales Document: Sales Line Items Grid: Percent Margin: There is now a Percent Margin column on the Sales Documents grid.
ADDED: Sales Document: Sales Line Items Grid: Margins Hover: A tooltip containing percent margin and net margin will now appear when hovering the cursor over Unit Cost, Extended Cost, Unit Price, Extended Price, and Qty.
ADDED: Sales Document: Document Margin Badge: A badge has been added to Sales Documents to show the total Margin Amount and Margin Percent of the document.
UPDATED: Grid Menu: Removed Label, Description, and Quick Add fields from 'Label' type items.
UPDATED: Grid Menu: Selecting an Item for an 'Item' type item should populate the Name and Description fields with the selected Item Number and Item Description.
UPDATED: Inventory: Components: When adding a new component, the UofM field is disabled until a Component Item has been selected.
UPDATED: Rolldown: The rolldown modal will not apply values from the source if that value is an entity that has an inactive value set to true.
UPDATED: Account Class Setup: Removed 'New Account Class' button.
UPDATED: Grids: All grids will now show the correct data when searching very quickly, such as from a copy-paste.
UPDATED: Grid Menu: Removed Label, Description, and Quick Add fields from 'Label' type items.
UPDATED: Grid Menu: Selecting an Item for an 'Item' type item should populate the Name and Description fields with the selected Item Number and Item Description.
UPDATED: Adjustments: Item Number subgrid now lists Pre Assembled Kit items.
UPDATED: Left Column Nav: Middle clicking on expandable tabs will now open in a new tab.
UPDATED: Discount Setup: Discounts with a type of Discount_Amt or Discount_Pct require a reason code.
REMOVED: Inventory Adjustment: Removed Serial Lot Auto from Adjustment Out and Transfers.
Release Date 06/08/2016
Api 1.0.83.0
Auth 1.0.55.0
Web 1.0.39.0
FIXED: Sales Document Card: Transfer button should no longer be disabled when Kit and Service items are not fulfilled.
FIXED: Printed Reports: Emailing: Emailed reports should now have a correct extension (in most cases .pdf).
FIXED: Sales Document Transfer: New documents should have proper entity numbers.
Release Date 06/06/2016
FIXED: Inventory: Applying Item Class defaults should now only display fields that have changed.
FIXED: Vendor: Applying Vendor Class defaults should now only display fields that have changed.
FIXED: Customer: Applying Customer Class defaults will now show the correct values.
FIXED: Grids: Loading Spinner will no longer stay on the screen when scrolling up and down.
FIXED: Grids: Dropdowns in grids will no longer duplicate and display at the top left of the screen.
FIXED: Grids: Can now add rows to grids that don't have any columns shown.
FIXED: Adjustments: Releasing documents through a workflow shows the workflow name.
FIXED: Customer Card: Contacts: Will now ask to save changes after clicking off the drawer while editing a Contact.
FIXED: Sales Document: Creating a purchase order from line items redirects to the new purchase order properly.
FIXED: Adjustment Card: Resolved an issue that would occasionally freeze a line after quickly selecting an Item Number.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: Only active workflows and batches will be displayed in the Sales Monitor.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Creating a Purchase Order from a Sales Document will now correctly set the Purchase Order's date to the value set in the modal dialogue.
FIXED: Sale Document Card: Transfer: Now displays the name of the workflow the document is being transferred to.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Purchase Orders must now have a Vendor in order to be received.
FIXED: Login: Companies missing Chargify credentials should no longer permanently hang upon login.
FIXED: Purchase Receipts: Purchase Receipt Lines may no longer have an empty cost.
FIXED: File Uploads: File names are now better supported across companies.
FIXED: Line Item Entry: Can no longer un-fulfill non-integer values for serial tracked items.
FIXED: Settings: Settings now properly save.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Clicking the Allocate button should now result in Sales Lines showing the Quantity Fulfilled in the line's Unit of Measure.
ADDED: Setup: Location: Creating a Bin with a duplicate name is no longer possible.
ADDED: Item: Pre-Assembled Kit Item Type.
ADDED: Dashboard: A Settings button next to each integration that will redirect to that integration's settings page.
ADDED: Sales Document Line Item: Ability to add a line above the selected line item.
ADDED: Sales Document: Linked Purchase Orders can now be viewed on the Linked Purchase Orders tab.
ADDED: Purchase Order: Linked Sales Lines can now be viewed on the Linked Sales Lines tab.
ADDED: Additional Settings: The Reset Layout button will clear the layouts of the company you are logged in to.
ADDED: Sales Document Card: Package and Kit support.
ADDED: Inventory: Current Cost is now on New and Edit Item drawers, but is only editable if the item has never had inventory.
ADDED: Customer Search and Card: Credit Limit is now on the New and Edit drawers.
ADDED: Customer Card: Credit Limit is now displayed at the top of Customer Card, if a Credit Limit is specified.
ADDED: Sales Line Entry: Inserted Below Line button.
ADDED: Assembly Search.
ADDED: Assembly Card.
ADDED: Sales Document: Linked Purchase Orders: Links between sales lines and purchase orders can now be removed using the Unlink Purchase Order button.
ADDED: Purchase Order: Linked Sales Lines: Links between sales lines and purchase orders can now be removed using the Unlink Sales Line button.
ADDED: Sales Document: Line Items: Can now link sales line items to existing purchase order lines.
ADDED: Purchase Order: Line Items: Can now link purchase order lines to existing sales document lines.
ADDED: Sales Document: Sales Line Item: A new flag has been added to the flags column to show the status of Sales Line Items that are linked to Purchase Line Items.
ADDED: Purchase Receipt Card: Posting a Purchase Receipt with linked Sales Documents will allocate and fulfill the documents.
UPDATED: Sales Document Card: When posting a document, the date should now be focused automatically upon opening.
UPDATED: Receipt Card: When posting a receipt, the date should now be focused automatically upon opening.
UPDATED: Adjustment Card: When posting an adjustment, the date should now be focused automatically upon opening.
UPDATED: Contact Method: Types will now display in the order they were entered and will no longer reorder while editing.
UPDATED: Customer Card: Contacts: Setting a contact to Inactive can now only be done through the drawer.
UPDATED: Adjustments: Posting is blocked while the grid is processing data.
UPDATED: Purchase Orders: Posting is blocked while the grid is processing data.
UPDATED: Receiving: Posting is blocked while the grid is processing data.
UPDATED: Sales Documents: Posting is blocked while the grid is processing data.
UPDATED: Dynamic Grid Reports: Users will now be prompted if they close the New or Edit drawer with unsaved changes.
UPDATED: Date Fields: The down-arrow key will now open the calendar to pick a date when focused on the field.
UPDATED: Date Fields: Quick text changes will properly save.
UPDATED: Sales Document - Line Items: Added rolldown functionality for Location, Required Ship Date, Ship Date, and Shipping Method.
UPDATED: Purchase Order - Line Items: Added rolldown functionality for Required Ship Date and Location.
UPDATED: Shopify Integration: Integration now takes place inside a trowser.
UPDATED: Grids: Date editors in the grids use the new date picker.
UPDATED: PDF Reports: Removed "null" text from pdf download.
UPDATED: Text within read-only grids can now be selected.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Card: The Historical button is now located in the More dropdown on Purchase Orders.
Release Date 05/18/2016
FIXED: Workflow Rules: Scrolling will no longer scroll the entire page.
FIXED: Receiving: Posted line items on an open receipt cannot be edited.
FIXED: Pressing escape will now close modals, drawers, rolldowns, and dropdowns in the order they were opened.
FIXED: Sales Document - Line Items Grid: Tabbing between cells no longer loses focus.
FIXED: Dashboard: Closing the QBO disconnect modal without picking an option no longer causes the button to remain disabled.
FIXED: Purchase Order Line Item Grid: Clicking on the 'Req Ship Date' column should now open a date picker.
FIXED: Customer: When creating or editing a Customer, changing the Customer Class will now properly apply all fields to that Customer and Contacts.
FIXED: Sales Document - Line Items Grid: Tabbing between cells no longer loses focus.
ADDED: Customer Card: Sales Territory field.
ADDED: Vendor Card: Items: Can now generate a Purchase Order from selected items.
ADDED: System Setting: Auto Post Workflow Batch.
UPDATED: Sales Order Line Item: Ship Date will no longer be 'Read Only'. Clicking on the 'Req Ship Date' column should now open a date picker.
UPDATED: Adjustment Card: Line Items: When adding an item, the unit cost will now default to that item's current cost.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Line Items: Quantity Received column is now read-only.
UPDATED: Customer Drawer: Attempting to create a new user with the Customer Name longer than 100 characters should no longer take the user to a 'No Customer Found' card.
UPDATED: Item Modifiers: Override Price column is now available for display on the grid.
UPDATED: Inventory: Quantities now display with proper number format.
UPDATED: Login: Password Reset Modal: UI.
REMOVED: Grid Menu Item Drawer: Row, Col, Page fields.
Release Date 05/11/2016
FIXED: Grids: 'No Results' message should only appear when there are no results.
FIXED: Verification: When a new user clicks the verification email, they will be taken to the dashboard.
FIXED: Subgrid Scroll Bar: Toggling the auto-filter row should not add a vertical scroll bar if it's not needed.
FIXED: Customer Card: Contacts: Will no longer unexpectedly ask if you would like to save your changes.
FIXED: Sales Document: Drop-downs properly display below modal windows.
FIXED: Inventory - Vendor Items: Searching for items works properly.
FIXED: Inventory Components: Component drawer QTY is populated correctly.
FIXED: Entity Cards: Repeatedly opening and closing the same entity card will no longer break navigation.
FIXED: Line Entry: Pressing Shift while in a cell will not show the dropdown.
ADDED: Sales Document: Due date is displayed in the header.
ADDED: Billing Management: Billing information can now be managed from the Manage Organization screen.
ADDED: Sales Document Search: Origin and Origin ID columns added.
ADDED: Customer Search: Origin and Origin ID columns added.
ADDED: Purchase Order Search: Origin and Origin ID columns added.
ADDED: Vendor Search: Origin and Origin ID columns added.
ADDED: Inventory Adjustment Search: Origin and Origin ID columns added.
ADDED: Inventory Search: Origin and Origin ID columns added.
UPDATED: Employee Card: Clock In and Clock Out times now enforce a valid time range.
UPDATED: Inventory - Image Upload: The confirm button can now only be clicked once.
UPDATED: Inventory Transaction: The Post button will be disabled while line item processing is taking place.
UPDATED: Till Counting: Now uses denomination-based counting.
UPDATED: Discount Management: Discount Codes: If no discount line is selected, the New, Refresh, and Export buttons will be disabled.
UPDATED: Replaced browser tab icon and main logo in the app.
REMOVED: Vendor Card: Vendor Type field has been removed.
Release Date 05/04/2016
FIXED: Workflow Card: Rule Actions: Now able to properly edit through the edit button of each Action.
FIXED: Customer: Marking a customer as inactive will now disable the dropdown button which allows new transactions to be created for that customer.
FIXED: Vendor: Marking a vendor as inactive will now disable the dropdown button which allows new purchase orders to be created for that vendor.
FIXED: Location Setup: Setting the Replenished By field will not update the Location Name.
FIXED: Grid Menu: Color picker functions properly when clearing out a previously selected color.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Tip, Shipping, and Discount fields now work properly.
FIXED: New User Verification: New Users can now enter Organization Management after verification.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: Line Items deleted by another user will no longer remain in the grid when reloading.
FIXED: Inventory Card: Components: Creating a modifier immediately after creating a component will no longer lock the application.
FIXED: Sales Line Items: Sales Line Items will now save correctly when they are edited in the Sales Document Line Item grid.
FIXED: Company Selection: Active Fba integrations will now be correctly shown on a company.
FIXED: Vendor Card: Items: Will now properly display all items.
FIXED: Sales Document Card: Sales Documents with an 'Estimate' type can be transferred.
FIXED: Sales Line Item Grid: Tabbing no longer causes an unusable state when modifying.
FIXED: Inventory Item: All rolldown fields from an Item Class now apply properly.
FIXED: General: Dropdown fields will now open when pressing the 'Down Arrow' on the keyboard.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: When clearing a Sales Line's Discount Percent it should now correctly set the Discount to 0.
FIXED: Location: Primary locations can no longer be set to inactive.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: Now correctly display per item Price Levels when they are applied.
FIXED: Login: Issue where certain users upon updating a forgotten password would be unable to login with the new password.
ADDED: Setup Screens: Setup screens now allow saving or rejecting changes directly from the unsaved changes dialog.
ADDED: Workflow Card: Rule Actions: Email Action Type now allows specifying Contact Targets.
ADDED: Dashboard: A transition spinner will now appear on the screen while the dashboard loads.
ADDED: Setup Screens: Setup screens now allow saving or rejecting changes directly from the unsaved changes dialog.
ADDED: Inventory Search: Base UofM Detail name column UofM.
ADDED: New Customer Drawer: Contact Code under Billing and Shipping Address portion.
ADDED: Sales Document Card: Allocation Button: A button to manually allocate a sales document.
ADDED: Discount Managment Screen.
ADDED: Reason Code: Discount Reason Code to the Reason Code setup page and navigation search.
ADDED: Unit of Measure: Unit of Measure can not be edited once it has been used.
ADDED: Company Settings: Post Time Zone: The time zone that will be used for the post date on documents.
ADDED: Subscriptions will be created for existing organizations that don't currently have one.
UPDATED: Grid Column Picker: Updated UI.
UDPATED: Dashboard: Invite user step will now redirect to Chargify trowser.
UPDATED: Grid Filters: Updating a grid's filter will now only modify your browser's url for search view grids.
UPDATED: Workflow: Batches and Rules screen should now adjust properly for smaller screens.
UPDATED: Manage Organization: An error message is displayed when not including an email address while inviting a new user.
UPDATED: Cost Columns: Will now have a precision of 2.
UPDATED: Grid Menu Setup: Negative numbers are no longer allowed for grid menu item positions.
UPDATED: Grid Menu Setup: Enabled field is now on the "New Grid Menu" drawer.
UPDATED: Grid Menu Setup: Item Type is now a header instead of a field on the "Grid Menu Item" drawer.
UPDATED: Account Class: Account classes are now only configurable via QBO.
UPDATED: Price Level Setup Screen's responsiveness.
UPDATED: Location Setup Screen's responsiveness.
UPDATED: UofM Setup Screen's responsiveness.
UPDATED: Price Lists: Unsaved Changes window is now consistent with others.
UPDATED: Employees: Hide employees if a company does not have a POS license.
UPDATED: Setup List: List is now alphabetical by vertical column.
UPDATED: Rolldowns: Are now clearer on which fields will be rolled down.
UPDATED: Customer Contact Drawer: Added a field for Address Name.
UPDATED: Inventory Search: Base UofM Detail abbreviation is included in quantity columns.
UPDATED: Inventory Card: Component: A Modifier's Unit Price must now be explicitly set by first enabling the field with a checkbox.
UPDATED: Grid Menu Setup (POS): Grid Menu Items can be edited in a visual grid.
UPDATED: Item Card: Components: Modifier grid is available if you have a POS License.
UPDATED: Printed Reports: Default printed reports should now be cleaner and easier to understand.
REMOVED: Adjustments: Fulfillment button removed from line items.
CHANGED: Location Entry: Creating the first bin at a location without any bins will move all inventory at that location to the bin.
Release Date 04/12/2016
FIXED: Integration: Customers: Tax codes now import properly onto a customer's shipping contact.
FIXED: Integration: Sales Documents: Sales lines now are properly saved on posted Sales Documents coming from QuickBooks Online.
FIXED: Customer Search: The correct company name is shown.
FIXED: Drawers: Saving now fails gracefully allowing the user to fix issues.
FIXED: Item Selection Editor: Columns will now size correct if there is additional space available.
FIXED: Inventory Search: Item Quantities drawer backdrop is now properly placed.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: Applying filters to the inventory picking pop-up now properly displays dropdowns.
FIXED: Printing: Selecting "Preview" for a different template will cancel the in-progress preview of the previously selected template.
FIXED: New Customer: No longer creates extra contacts when a new customer is added,.
FIXED: New Customer: "Use Billing" option is now operational.
FIXED: Report Designer: New button is now properly labeled as "New Report" instead of "New Report Builder".
FIXED: Grid Filters: Filters properly display and apply when changing tabs.
FIXED: Auto-Filter Row: Clearing input will no longer open a result dropdown.
FIXED: Auto-Filter Row: Results in the dropdown will no longer be truncated.
FIXED: Grids: Deleting an empty row now works as intended.
FIXED: Vendor: The navigation option "Vendors" will no longer update to an actual vendor's name.
FIXED: Dashboard: Switching companies will now refresh the dashboard screen and show current company data.
FIXED: Inventory Search: Clicking Inventory Onhand, Backordered, Available will now show Inventory Details.
FIXED: Contacts: New contact methods save properly.
FIXED: Purchase Order Card: Button used to move the document through its workflow is now shown and hidden correctly.
FIXED: Customer Card: Visual abnormalities are no longer visible in the Billing / Shipping Address portion.
FIXED: Sales Document Card: Can now set Ship Date.
FIXED: Adjustments: Fulfillment drawer no longer opens on locked adjustment cards.
FIXED: Location Setup: Left columns properly display side-by-side.
FIXED: UofM Setup: Left columns properly display side-by-side.
FIXED: Drawers: Filter bodies now show properly.
FIXED: Inventory Search Grid: Can successfully search for inventory items based on location and item status.
FIXED: Vendor Card: Vendor Item Entry: Item Number selection populates correctly.
FIXED: Location Setup: Locations can be edited without requiring a bin.
FIXED: Vendor: Contacts: Adding a new contact properly saves contact to that vendor.
FIXED: Customer Search: Now allows creating a new Customer after entering a duplicate name.
FIXED: Vendor Card: Audits tab now has a label.
FIXED: Sales Document Line Items: Applying filters to the inventory picking pop-up now properly displays dropdowns.
FIXED: Sales Document Payments: Now gives proper message when adding a new payment.
FIXED: Company Selection: Any issues while logging into a company now display as an error message correctly.
FIXED: Item Card: New Modifier Drawer & New Component Drawer: Item dropdown now populates with active items.
FIXED: Price List & Price Level: Item Number Subgrid now populates with active Items when opened.
FIXED: Printed Reports: Will no longer open to the edit screen when trying to preview.
FIXED: Sales Document Type: Saving a Sales Document Type now works as expected.
FIXED: Vendors: Contacts: New contacts once again save.
FIXED: Inventory Item Card: Uploading an image works properly.
FIXED: Employee Card: Time Entry grid works again.
FIXED: Company Logo: The Company Logo now updates itself when a new image is uploaded from the company selection screen.
FIXED: Company Logo: The Company Logo now updates itself when an image is uploaded from the new user setup screen.
FIXED: Workflow: Workflow Rules Condition Operators now correctly appear.
FIXED: Company Selection: Pop-up properly displays spinner when loading data.
FIXED: Reset Password: Fixed button layout issues.
FIXED: Receiving: Receive Purchase Order pop-ups display properly.
FIXED: Sales Document: Rolldown pop-up displays properly.
FIXED: Re-Authorization Popup: Pop-up displays properly.
FIXED: Company Selection: Add Company/Organization pop-up displays properly.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: Long workflow names no longer overflow into the next batch.
FIXED: User Setup: Can now successfully create a company with a logo.
FIXED: Location: Primary locations can not linger be set inactive.
FIXED: Refunds/Returns: Discounts are properly applied correctly to total.
ADDED: Report Designer: The Report Designer can now go full screen by clicking on the full screen button next to the save button.
ADDED: Customer Contact Drawer: Tax Code.
ADDED: Vendor Contact Drawer: Tax Code.
ADDED: Inventory UPC: Attempting to close a UPC edit drawer that has changes now trigger an alert.
ADDED: Customer Contacts: Attempting to close a customer contact edit drawer with unsaved changes now triggers an alert.
ADDED: Vendor Contacts: Attempting to close a vendor contact edit drawer with unsaved changes now triggers an alert.
ADDED: Vendor Card: Vendor Class, Vendor Type, Payment Terms fields now visible on entry.
ADDED: Sales Document Search: 'Hide Posted Sales Documents' check box.
ADDED: Grids: Error notifications will now alert the user when a grid edit fails.
ADDED: Purchases: Added a 'Receive' button on the Purchase Order Card.
ADDED: Sales Document Line Items: Discount lines are now indicated by a green sales tag icon.
ADDED: Purchase Order: Copying an existing purchase order.
ADDED: Sales Document: Copying an existing sales document.
ADDED: Organization Management: Organization Management allows an organization owner to keep track of monthly payments, as well as create and manage user seats to the organization, and give or remove access to companies.
ADDED: Workflow Card.
ADDED: Workflow Card: Batches.
ADDED: Workflow Card: Rules.
ADDED: Till Counting: A new screen for Till Counting has been added.
ADDED: Navigation: Navigation Search in the top left of the application.
ADDED: On Boarding: Invited users can now add their first and last name.
ADDED: Employee Search.
ADDED: Employee Card.
ADDED: Employee Card: Time Entry.
ADDED: Dashboard: Configure QBO Settings step.
ADDED: Sales Document: Tip amount.
ADDED: Setup Menu: Added a new setup screen to access all of the different reason code types.
ADDED: Setup Menu - Reason Codes: Added new Return Codes tab.
ADDED: Grid Menu Item: Background Color for Grid Menu Items now has a color picker in the edit drawer.
ADDED: Grid Menu Item: The Background Color column on the grid menu item grid now formats the cell to match the color of the field.
ADDED: Customer: Added check for customer name with a length greater than 100 characters.
UPDATED: Setup: Grid Menu: A Grid Menu Item can be removed.
UPDATED: Grid Menu Setup: A Grid Menu Item can be removed.
UPDATED: Inventory Item Card: Modifier Drawer: Name is no longer required for Item type modifiers.
UPDATED: Sales Documents Payment Tabs: Payment Method and Amount are now required fields.
UPDATED: Vendor Card: When editing a vendor and the Name is modified, the recently visited list will update its current tab to the new vendor name.
UPDATED: Vendor Card: When editing a vendor, the user is no longer allowed to null out a contact.
UPDATED: Contact Methods: On save, if no Contact Method Value, Type, or Usage is specified it will be removed.
UPDATED: Contact Methods: On save, if a Contact Method Value is specified, Contact Method Type is now required.
UPDATED: Contact Methods: On save, if a Contact Method Type is specified, Contact Method Value is now required.
UPDATED: Contact Methods: On save, if a Contact Method Type and Value is specified and no Contact Method Usage is selected, Usage will default to Acceptable.
UPDATED: Grid Menu Setup: A Grid Menu Item can be removed.
UPDATED: Sales Document Type Setup: Entity Number filters out non-sales document options.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Type Setup: Entity Number filters out non-purchase order options.
UPDATED: Receipt Card Lines: Item dropdown no longer has duplicate Items.
UPDATED: Security: Security Groups and Security Users now have a loading bar while the app is waiting for data.
UPDATED: Line Entry: Changes made in text and number editors will save after clicking the back button.
UPDATED: Sales Document: Documents can only be transferred when every Sales Line is fully fulfilled.
UPDATED: Location Setup: Bin list is refreshed after a new bin is created.
UPDATED: Grid Menu Setup: Adding grid menu items no longer requires a name.
UPDATED: Inventory Item Card: Modifier Drawer: Name is no longer required for Item type modifiers.
UPDATED: Item Modifiers: Target_Item_ID was renamed to Item.
UPDATED: Item Modifiers: Setting an Item will set the UofM of the modifier to match the default UofM of the item.
UPDATED: Item Modifiers: Unit Price can now be empty instead of 0.
UPDATED: Price List: Begin Date and End Date fields are now formatted MM/DD/YYYY.
UPDATED: Adjustments: Renamed the Fulfillment button to 'Bulk Add Lines' so it's functionality is more obvious.
UPDATED: Sales Document: Footer unlocks after a Sales Document is forwarded.
UPDATED: Sales Document: Manually changed workflow batches now update workflow forwarding options on the top of the Sales Document card.
UPDATED: Save Changes: Prompt now has a Yes, No, and Cancel Option.
UPDATED: Navigation Search: Only Owners of a company have access to integration options.
UPDATED: Sales Document: 'Sales Rep' label updated to 'Salesperson'.
UPDATED: Customer Card: Edit Customer Drawer: Removed 'Apply Price Level to Sales Line' from Rolldown pop-up title.
UPDATED: Settings: Added a navigation to display settings by category.
UPDATED: Settings: Fields have been reorganized to match categories.
UPDATED: Sales Document: Moved the 'Print' and 'Email' buttons next to the header.
UPDATED: Adjustments: Moved the 'Print' and 'Email' buttons next to the header.
UPDATED: Purchase Order: Moved the 'Print' and 'Email' buttons next to the header.
UPDATED: Receiving: Moved the 'Print' and 'Email' buttons next to the header.
UPDATED: Customer Card Notes Tab: Text area now fills the available vertical space on.
UPDATED: Adjustment Card Notes Tab: Text area now fills the available vertical space on.
UPDATED: Purchase Order Card Notes Tab: Text area now fills the available vertical space on.
UPDATED: Sales Doc Card Notes Tab: Text area now fills the available vertical space on.
UPDATED: Vendor Card Notes Tab: Text area now fills the available vertical space on.
UPDATED: Dropdown Inputs: Now represented by a single triangle.
UPDATED: Sales Doc Cards: Replaced the ellipses button with a dropdown button named 'More'.
UPDATED: Adjustment Cards: Replaced the ellipses button with a dropdown button named 'More'.
UPDATED: Purchase Cards: Replaced the ellipses button with a dropdown button named 'More'.
UPDATED: Grid Reports: Replaced the ellipses button with a dropdown button named 'More'.
UPDATED: Price List Setup: Day field is now able to be cleared.
UPDATED: Price List Setup: Undesired lines can now be deleted.
UPDATED: Connect to QBO: Connecting to QBO now redirects users to the QBO integrations settings screen after completion.
UPDATED: Grid Menu Setup: Grids support sorting and resizing.
UPDATED: Workflows: Is now separated into a Workflow Entry page and Workflow Card.
UPDATED: Items: Can have a status of Discontinued instead of just Active and Inactive.
UPDATED: Sales Document Card: Line Items: Now able to purchase individual line items.
UPDATED: Unsaved Changes Confirmation: Updated system and text for the unsaved changes confirmation window.
UPDATED: Application Wide: Updated name to 'SalesPad Cloud'.
UPDATED: Settings: Require correct configuration to enable 'Enable Export'.
UPDATED: Date Inputs: Date Inputs have a better user experience and a new date picker calendar that is more consistent with the other input elements of the app.
UPDATED: Sales Document Line Items: Set the Fulfilled column to use the same serial/lot fulfillment interface as the Quantity column.
UPDATED: Adjustment Lines: Reason Codes can now be set on adjustment lines.
UPDATED: Setup Menu: Adjustment Reason Code: Adjustment Reason setup screen was moved to the new Reason Code setup screen.
UPDATED: Grid Menu Setup: Added 'Prompt' type to add dropdown for Grid Menu Item Type.
UPDATED: Intuit QuickBooks Online Integration: All required QBO settings must be set prior to enabling export. This does not effect existing companies with export enabled.
REMOVED: Adjustment Card: Lines items secondary UPC column.
REMOVED: Company Selection: Add/remove users options in favor of the Security settings screen.
REMOVED: Contact Method Type: Show Empty checkbox has been removed.
REMOVED: Inventory Item Card: Modifier Drawer: Auto Add field.
REMOVED: Item Components: Component grid Export.
REMOVED: Item Components: Modifier grid Export.
REMOVED: Price List Card: Discount Target column.
REMOVED: Settings Dropdown: Duplicate Workflows link under "Other" has been removed.
REMOVED: Dashboard: Removed the integrations panel from the dashboard for users who don't have permission to manage them.
Release Date 03/10/2016
API: 1.0.18.0
AUTH: 1.0.11.0
WEB: 1.0.4.0
FIXED: User Interface: Elements such as drop downs should no longer stick to the screen after navigating to other pages.
FIXED: Sales: Sales Document Entry: Changing the Warehouse at the header will now properly roll down that change to Sales Line Items.
FIXED: QuickBooks Online Settings are visible.
FIXED: Sales: Sales Document Line Items: Serial/Lot Picking: Columns button no longer closes the drawer.
FIXED: Sales: Sales Document Line Items: Serial/Lot Picking: Opening the window multiples times no longer changes the size of the grids.
FIXED: Adjustments: Adjustments Grid: Changed "Warehouse" label to "Location" for column headers.
FIXED: Inventory Stock Status Report: Inventory should now be showing properly.
FIXED: Sales: Sales Line Item: Line Items now refresh properly on warehouse updates.
FIXED: Sales: Sales Document Entry: Lines will now audit changes properly.
FIXED: Purchases: Purchase Order Entry: Lines will now audit changes properly.
FIXED: Inventory: Inventory Transaction Entry: Lines will now audit changes properly.
ADDED: Sales: Sales Documents: Tracking numbers are now available to view on posted sales documents with a type that can ship.
ADDED: Customers: Customer Card: Notes tab.
ADDED: Setup: Sales Document Types: Setup screen now includes options for 'Lot Fulfillment Method' and 'Serial Fulfillment Method'.
ADDED: Security: Users: Invite users and set their security group.
ADDED: Permissions: A user's security group permissions are honored.
ADDED: Setup: Till Management: This component now exists under the setup menu.
ADDED: Inventory: Components.
ADDED: Inventory: Modifiers.
ADDED: Purchases: Purchase Order Search: Batch grid action 'Set Documents Historical' will set the selected Purchase Order's status to historical.
ADDED: Purchases: Purchase Order: 'Set Document Historical' action will set the Purchase Order's status to historical.
ADDED: Registration: First and last lame fields.
UPDATED: Date Fields: Required date fields can no longer be cleared.
UPDATED: Setup: Sales Document Type and Purchase Order Type: Workflow drop down options are now filtered based on type.
UPDATED: Address Boxes: Fields Address 1 and Address 2 will now display on separate lines.
Release Date 03/03/2016
API: 1.0.9.0
AUTH: 1.0.7.0
WEB: 1.0.2
FIXED: Sales: Sales Line Items: Changing the item won't un-allocate then re-allocate.
FIXED: Inventory: Inventory Transaction Items: Changing the item won't un-allocate then re-allocate.
UPDATED: Customers: New Customer Drawer: 'Use Billing' is now checked by default.
Release Date 02/26/2016
API: 1.0.6.0
AUTH: 1.0.5.0
WEB: 1.0.1
FIXED: Sales: Sales Document Line Items: Bin dropdown now displays correctly.
FIXED: Sales: Sales Document Line Item Grid: Unit Price will now update when item on the price level on the line is changed.
FIXED: Settings: QuickBooks Online Integration Settings: Settings are now being displayed in QuickBooks Integration settings view.
FIXED: Sales: Sales Document Entry: Adding a new line item to a Sales Document will auto-focus the item number field.
FIXED: Screens will lock up less when saving.
FIXED: Setup: UofM Setup Screen: 'New UofM' and 'New UofM Type' buttons are now properly placed.
FIXED: Setup: Location Setup Screen: 'New Bin' and 'New Location' buttons are now properly placed.
FIXED: All Cards: Date values populate correctly.
FIXED: UPCs: UPCs on Purchase Receipt, Sales Document, and Purchase Order line items should now be working properly.
FIXED: Vendor: Batch Edit: Pop-up is no longer named 'Set Item Group'.
FIXED: Receiving: Purchase Receipt: Changing Vendor on Purchase Receipt is now properly reflected in Receiving grid.
FIXED: Invite User: Security Users now properly get created when inviting a new user.
ADDED: Purchases: Purchase Order Search: 'Purchasing Status' is a default column.
ADDED: Purchases: Purchase Order Entry: 'Qty Received' is a default column.
ADDED: Vendor and Item Cards: Vendor item number setup tab has been added to these cards.
ADDED: Purchases: Purchase Order Entry: When creating a new purchase order line the associated Vendor Item number will be populated on the line.
ADDED: Dashboard screen into the application.
ADDED: Grids: Grid Menu Editor: Grid Menus and Grid Menu items can be created.
UPDATED: Inventory: Inventory Transaction Card: 'Fulfillment' button now leads to a drawer named 'Fulfillment' with the same functionality as the 'Serial/Lot Bulk Picker' drawer.
Release Date 02/16/2016
API: 0.1.229.0
Auth: 0.1.117.0
Web: 0.1.128
FIXED: Sales Document Line Item: Quantity display no longer rounds.
FIXED: Sales by Customer: Input type and event binding have been changed.
FIXED: Sales Document Search: Post date selection is no longer inconsistent when a user is selecting a date.
FIXED: Customer Card: Interaction tab: New interactions and edits to existing interactions save.
FIXED: When hovering over the pencil icon for search views, the text displayed says "Edit (item number/customer name/vendor name / etc)".
FIXED: Purchase Order Type Setup: Creating a new purchase order type now saves correctly.
FIXED: Sales Line Item Grid: Added a callback option to update the grid when the fulfillment is updated.
FIXED: Purchase Order Audits: These now reference purchase order audits instead of sales document audits.
FIXED: UPC Tab: There is now an Inventory tab for linking a UPC # to a UofM.
ADDED: Sales Document Types, Purchase Order Types: Added a requirement that Sales Document Types and Purchase Order Types to be unique.
UPDATED: Sales Documents: Items: Switched item pop-up to make it clearer what it is for and also add cancel button that reverts the change on the document and not the sales items.
UPDATED: Price Level Setup: When adding a new item price per item, it is required to set a UofM.
UPDATED: Price Level Setup: Price item edits now show correctly.
UPDATED: Setup : Sales Document type and Purchase Order Type: Duplicate names can no longer be saved.
UPDATED: Settings: Settings not in use will be hidden.
UPDATED: Account Settings: Inactive accounts are now filtered from the list of accounts in the settings screen.
UPDATED: Fee Type Setup : Account numbers are included in the account drop downs.
UPDATED: Sales Document Card: When choosing New Payment, if the card has any Open Amount remaining, this amount will automatically be filled into the Transaction Amount field.
UPDATED: Report Designer: Added an Advanced Filter button to the search field.
UPDATED: Audit tabs: Tabs are visually hooked up for future audit support.
Release Date 02/09/2016
API 0.1.220.0
AUTH 0.1.114.0
WEB 0.1.126
FIXED: Sales Document: Discount input field to allow for a leading decimal.
FIXED: Sales Document: Interactions: Interaction Grid now displays the 'Assigned To' and the 'Duration' columns.
FIXED: Sales Document: Sales Line Item Grid: Item drop down will no longer continue to show after title bar has been clicked.
FIXED: Sales by Customer: Changed input type, changed event binding.
FIXED: Sales Documents: Price level roll down correctly applies to sales line items.
FIXED: Sales Document: Search: Post date selection inconsistently using user's selection.
FIXED: OpenID: Subscribe to 7th Stage from Intuit App Center.
FIXED: Workflow: Workflow list no longer disappears.
FIXED: Workflow: Setup: Workflow selection now scrolls independently of the rest of the view.
FIXED: Purchase Receipts: Entry: Purchase Receipts can again be voided.
FIXED: Grid Export: The generated CSV should now be properly escaped.
FIXED: Purchase Receipts: Posting: Fixed to allow re-posting if a line item fails to post.
FIXED: Purchase Orders: Entry: Changing location now properly updates the Shipping To Contact used on printed forms.
ADDED: Integrations: Export and Import attempts are now logged.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Discount lines (Service or Non-Inventory lines that have a negative value) will now pull Account Class from the applied to line above.
ADDED: Inventory Grid: Vendor column.
ADDED: Integrations: Export and Import attempts are now logged.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Discount lines (Service or Non-Inventory lines that have a negative value) will now pull Account Class from the applied to line above.
ADDED: Inventory Grid: Added List Price column.
UPDATED: Sales Orders: Renamed 'Cash/Check Payment' drop down option to 'New Payment'.
UPDATED: Sales Order Card: Purchase modal: Calendar label from 'Post Date' to 'Purchase Order Date'.
UPDATED: On an 'In' Adjustment card, if a serial lot tracked item has a quantity greater than one and serial lot auto is checked true, the grid will refresh and split the item into multiple lines automatically.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipts: Printing: Line labels can now be printed from Purchase Receipts, much like Adjustment Lines.
UPDATED: The frequency Audits are generated.
Release Date 02/02/2016
API: 0.1.13.0
Auth 0.1.110.0
Web 0.1.1.124
FIXED: Settings: Sales Document Type: 'Can Transfer To' field now functional.
FIXED: Dropdown fields will no longer be displaced in drawers when near the bottom of the screen.
FIXED: Dropdown fields will now display all data when scrolling.
FIXED: Dropdown fields no longer requires a double click to view drop down.
FIXED: Login: Critical bug where users could not log in should now be fixed. When a user has an old session they should go to the login screen.
ADDED: Customers:New Customer drawer now has the option 'Use Billing' to apply Billing's Contact and Address information to Shipping's.
ADDED: Grid Flags: Grids can now contain a Flags column, which is a summary of all notifications for a row. Currently these are only enabled on Sales Document Lines for backorder.
UPDATED: Settings: Account drop-downs will now show the account number in front of the account name if account numbers are enabled in QBO settings.
UPDATED: Interactions: New Interactions use interactions settings.
UPDATED: Inventory : Inventory Transaction: Automatically generates multiple lines if a line contains a serial tracked item with a quantity greater than 1.
UPDATED: Customers: New Customer drawer now has the option to create both a Billing and Shipping Contact with an Address.
UPDATED: Settings: Account drop-downs will now show the account number in front of the account name if account numbers are enabled in QBO settings.
UPDATED: Inventory: Inventory Transaction: Automatically generates multiple lines if a line contains a serial tracked item with a quantity greater than 1.
Release Date 01/25/2016
API: 0.1.206.0
AUTH: 0.1.107.0
WEB: 0.1.120
FIXED: Inventory Transaction: Copied transactions no longer retain the Serials/Lots from the previous transaction.
FIXED: Sales Monitor: Abbreviation of negative numbers.
FIXED: Settings: Date and Time settings update and load correctly.
FIXED: Receive Purchase Order Modal: This screen now has a max-height for large purchase orders.
FIXED: Customer AR Tab: Customer AR was having UI issues when there were no grid layouts for the screen.
FIXED: FBA Inventory Adjustments: The fulfilled and allocated quantities will not populate on FBA Inventory Out Adjustments.
FIXED: Sales Line Item Entry: All items now appear correctly in the drop down.
ADDED: Sales Documents: Added Purchase button to sales documents with types 'sales orders', 'orders', and 'purchase orders' for creating back ordered items.
ADDED: Printing: Stock Count report is available.
UPDATED: Vendors, Customers, and Item Cards: New entity drawers share a layout with edit entity drawers.
UPDATED: Grids: Sales Line Payment: Ref Num is now a default column on the grid.
UPDATED: All Cards: Buttons that add or remove entities from the server now have spinners for better user experience.
Release Date 01/19/2016
API: 0.1.198.0
AUTH: 0.1.105.0
WEB: 0.1.119
FIXED: Inventory: Inventory Transaction: Void works properly for multi-line Inventory Transactions.
FIXED: Vendor: Vendor Contacts: Grids now have hyperlinks.
FIXED: Grid auto-filter popovers: Auto-filter popovers will stay on screen at all times.
FIXED: Setup: UofM Type:Changing the UofM Type on an existing item will now show the correct options for Base Unit of Measure.
FIXED: Setup: Item Class: Corrected a bug where the button New Item Class, under Item Class Setup, was modifying an existing Item Class rather than creating a new Item Class.
FIXED: Setup: Sales Document Type: Allocation Methods are now an available field during creation and 'Can Transfer To' input field works again.
FIXED: Sales: Sales Document Entry: Item Number drop down no longer gets stuck on 'No Results'.
FIXED: Inventory: Inventory Transaction Entry: Voiding a transaction works against blank lines and against transactions with voided lines that aren't completely voided.
FIXED: Sales: Post Sales Documents: Negative quantities will only increase quantity on hand once per line item.
ADDED: Sales: Refund Export: Added support for the 'Export Summary Receipts' QBO Import Setting.
ADDED: Grid Reports: Added 'Reconcile Report' source to grid reports.
ADDED: Workflow: Purchase Orders: Purchase Orders can now be set up like Sales Documents and forwarded through their workflows.
UPDATED: Inventory: Item images under Inventory Card will now show the 'remove' option when hovering over the image.
UPDATED: Workflows: Multiple workflows can be expanded at once in the tab monitors.
UPDATED: Setup: Price Level: Price Level's modal title from "Rolldown Class Defaults" to "Apply Price Level to Sales Line".
REMOVED: Vendors: Shipping Address has been removed.
Release Date 12/29/2015
API: 0.1.177.0
AUTH: 0.1.98.0
WEB: 0.1.113
FIXED: QBO Integration: Purchase Receipts properly integrate with QBO.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Customer can no longer be changed if a payment is added.
FIXED: Sales Document Aging: Unpaid Sales Documents will now show up in the correct aging bucket if their payment terms were date-driven.
FIXED: Inventory Search: Updating cost on an item will now update cost in the search grid.
FIXED: UofM Schedule: The last UofM Schedule can no longer be made inactive.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Changing customers will now correctly update the document's Price Level default.
FIXED: Sales Document Card: Interactions: Individual Interactions are editable through the 'Edit Line' button.
FIXED: Customer Contacts: Prevents the user from setting primary billing or primary shipping contact to inactive.
FIXED: Forwarding works for adjustment workflows.
FIXED: Date editors in grids work correctly.
FIXED: Sales line location defaults to header value.
FIXED: Purchase Orders: Historical purchases no longer show as Void.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Refund and Return documents no longer allow non-negative lines.
FIXED: Purchase Line Item: The Unit of Measure updates properly when an item changed.
FIXED: Inventory Transaction: Posted lines can be voided.
FIXED: Purchase Receipt: Purchase Receipts can be printed.
FIXED: Onboarding: Can no longer add blank companies.
FIXED: Serial/Lots: Serial Numbers are forced to be unique.
ADDED: Number input fields will no longer allow invalid input.
ADDED: QBO Integration: Added functionality to allow users to reconnect a company that has invalid credentials.
ADDED: Serial Lot Fulfillment: A fulfillment button has been added to the Sales Line Qty cell. It allows viewing and manually fulfilling qty for the line.
ADDED: Adjustment In: Added bulk add lines to quickly add serial or lot transfers
ADDED: Workflow Batch: Added audit on workflow batch forward.
ADDED: Inventory Transaction: The ability to copy an inventory transaction. The new inventory transaction will have everything the old inventory transaction had except it will be un-posted and will have a new number.
ADDED: Inventory Transaction: Inventory Transactions can be manually fulfilled.
ADDED: Inventory Transaction Line: Serial and Lot numbers can be automatically generated.
UPDATED: Adjustments: The Serial/Lot picker will no longer show rows with zero quantity available on Serial/Lot items.
UPDATED: Serial Lot Editor: The Serial Lot Editor on grids is disabled on rows that are not Serial or Lot items.
UPDATED: Purchase Receipt Entry: Purchasing UofM is used on added lines instead of Base UofM.
UPDATED: Inventory Transaction Costing: Unit Cost is not editable on Out and Transfer transactions and is defaulted to 0 on In transactions.
Release Date 12/16/2015
API: 0.1.172.0
AUTH: 0.1.94.0
WEB: 0.1.110
FIXED: Customer and Vendor Search: Creating a new customer or vendor will no longer show unnecessary popups.
FIXED: Customer and Vendor: A name is required to create a customer or a vendor.
FIXED: Customer and Vendor Search: Creating a new customer or vendor will no longer show unnecessary popups.
FIXED: Sales Territory, Customer Class, Vendor Class Setup: Display name can no longer be removed from created entities.
FIXED: Transactions: Values are rounded to the correct precision (2).
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Line Printing: Large data sets no longer cause the endpoint to stop responding.
ADDED: Item Class: Selecting an Item Class during Item Entry/Editing will now roll down item class properties.
ADDED: Reason Code: Description and Inactive.
ADDED: Grids: Grid cells now properly show hyperlinks for clickable elements.
ADDED: Serial/Lot: Item Cards will now have a Serial/Lot tab if they are a Serial/Lot item.
ADDED: New Item and Editing an Item: When the item class is updated, the user will be prompted to roll down changed fields.
ADDED: Reason codes to Adjustment Lines
ADDED: New Customer and Editing a Customer: When the customer class is updated, the user will be prompted to roll down changed fields.
ADDED: New Vendor and Editing a Vendor: When the vendor class is updated, the user will be prompted to roll down changed fields.
UPDATED: Transactions: Inventory Transaction and Purchase Receipt posting should now be faster and more reliable.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Sales line items can now be created without setting an item master.
Release Date 12/11/2015
API: 0.1.171.0
AUTH: 0.1.93.0
WEB: 0.1.106
FIXED: Price Levels: Price Levels, available from the menu, now correctly apply to sales transactions.
FIXED: Customer and Vendor Search: Creating a new customer or vendor will no longer show unnecessary popups.
FIXED: Customer and Vendor Search: Creating a new customer or vendor will no longer show unnecessary popups.
FIXED: Sales Territory, Customer Class, Vendor Class Setup: Display name can not longer be removed from created entities.
FIXED: Transactions: Values are rounded to the correct value.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Line Printing: Large data sets no longer cause the endpoint to stop responding.
ADDED: Grids: Grid cells now properly show hyperlinks for clickable elements.
UPDATED: Transactions: Inventory Transaction and Purchase Receipt posting should now be faster and more reliable.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry: Sales line items can now be created without setting an item master.
Release Date 12/07/2015
API 0.170.0
AUTH 0.1.92.0
WEB 0.1.105 2015.12.07.4
FIXED: Entry Grids: Asynchronous tabbing on line entry will no longer freeze when there are no valid items in the search results.
FIXED: Transaction Entry: Setting a quantity greater than 1 on a new line always resulted a line with only quantity of 1.
FIXED: Vendor: Contact: Shipping Method now saves properly.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Document information will be updated if a line item is removed.
FIXED: Adjustment Entry: Tabbing off no longer freezes line.
FIXED: Payments: Can now enter numbers after the decimal value on transaction amount.
FIXED: Purchase Orders: Purchase Order printing now uses the new printing trouser.
FIXED: Sales Document Entry: Bottom-oriented boxes are now aligned properly.
FIXED: Customer: Contact: Adding a New Contact will no longer create duplicates and refreshes the grid after saving.
FIXED: Grid Reports: Refresh now correctly pulls from the database.
FIXED: Grids: Post Dates in MM/DD/YYYY format.
FIXED: Inventory Search: Item Quantity drawer is now displayed through links in the grid found in certain columns (Allocated, Available, Backordered, Onhand).
FIXED: Item Master Edit: Current Cost is no longer editable.
FIXED: Inventory Transactions: Printing or emailing Inventory Transactions reports with an Inventory Transaction Line report now works even if the Inventory Transaction doesn't have any lines.
FIXED: Sales Document, Sales Document Search, Adjusment, Adjustment Search: post date is properly set and saved.
FIXED: When a user is removed from a company, their session is removed if they are currently logged into the company they were removed from. The user will be pushed back to the login screen.
FIXED: Inventory Adjustment Line Printing: Large data sets no longer cause the endpoint to stop responding.
FIXED: Inventory Transaction Line: Extended Cost column is now populated.
FIXED: Tax Calculation: Tax Calculation now is the same as QuickBooks® Online.
FIXED: Transactions: Values are rounded to the correct value.
FIXED: Tenant Defaults: Duplicate tenant defaults should no longer be generated.
ADDED: Adjustment Entry: Lines with invalid fulfillment quantities will appear red.
ADDED: Adjustments: Printing and Emailing adjustment reports.
ADDED: Line Entry: Quantity Allocated is now clickable. Will display allocations for the item on the line.
ADDED: Grid Reports: Export button.
ADDED: Dynamic Quick Reports: These quick reports can be added to the app without requiring a version update. They can be accessed from the "more" drop down in the top-right menu of the app.
ADDED: Grid Reports: Summary row on integer columns.
ADDED: Customer: Sales Documents: All sales documents for a customer are under one tab 'Sales Document'. Inactive Sales Documents can be filtered out through the 'Hide Inactive Sales Documents' checkbox.
ADDED: Adjustment Entry: Non-editable quantity grid cells are now a link that opens up a quantity drawer.
ADDED: Inventory Search: Print item label from inventory search batch actions.
ADDED: Grids: Summary Row is formatted to match corresponding column.
ADDED: Search: Batch processing on search screens now show more visual queues as to transaction state.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Discount Percent column is editable.
ADDED: Grids: Export To Excel button on grids.
ADDED: Inventory Setting: Default Uofm Schedule: Used to set a default Uofm Schedule on an item if one wasn't specified.
ADDED: Location Setup: Establishment name.
ADDED: Reports: Multiple default printed reports have been added to the system.
ADDED: Inventory Transaction Entry: Changing warehouse now properly updates bins on line items.
ADDED: Stock Count: Ability to add inventory items from a given warehouse to a stock count.
ADDED: Stock Count: Ability to generate inventory transactions from a stock count.
ADDED: Stock Count: Ability to change the stock count status.
ADDED: Integrations: Shopify order import and integration portal.
ADDED: Shopify Integration: Inventory levels are now maintained between systems.
UPDATED: Adjustment Entry Item Number: On Out and Transfer adjustments, Quantity Available and Quantity Backordered will populate from the selected From Warehouse. On In adjustments, Quantity Available and Quantity Backordered will populate from total Quantity across all warehouses.
UPDATED: Inputs: If a user enters text into an input while a save is happening on the server, the new value will not be overwritten.
UPDATED: Grids: Search Grids now refresh when batch actions, such as forwarding or posting, are taken.
UPDATED: Customer Search: Contact Person formatter.
UPDATED: Items: Item class, SKU, and UPC are now available on all grids that contain an Item. Item Class is also now on the Item Card Header.
UPDATED: Inventory Search: An item can be quickly edited from inventory search by hovering over the grid row and clicking on the edit icon in the Item Number cell.
UPDATED: Emailing: Email now comes from mail@www.cavallo.com and changes the 'Reply To' email to the 'From Email' address.
UPDATED: Grids: Batch actions are now far more responsive. A status column is set on the entity and returns almost immediately. Actual business logic runs in the background.
Release Date 11/25/2015
API 0.1.159.0
Web 0.1.99
Auth 0.1.88.0
FIXED: Payments: Can now enter numbers after the decimal value on transaction amount.
FIXED: When a user is removed from a company, their session is removed if they are currently logged into the company they were removed from. The user will be pushed back to the login screen.
FIXED: Inventory Transactions: Printing or emailing Inventory Transactions reports with an Inventory Transaction Line report now works even if the Inventory Transaction doesn't have any lines.
ADDED: Search: Batch processing on search screens now show more visual queues as to transaction state.
ADDED: Adjustments: Printing and Emailing adjustment reports .
ADDED: Transaction Entry: Items added to transactions that don't exist as item masters in the system now successfully migrate over to QuickBooks Online.
UPDATED: Adjustment Entry Item Number: On Out and Transfer adjustments Qty Available and Qty Backordered will populate from the selected From Warehouse. On In adjustments Qty Available and Qty Backordered will populate from total qty across all warehouses.
UPDATED: Emailing: Email now comes from mail@cavallo.com and changes the 'Reply To' email to the 'From Email' address.
Release Date 11/20/2015
API: 0.1.156.0
Auth: 0.1.8.7.0
Web: 0.1.97
FIXED: Purchase Orders: Purchase Order printing now uses the new printing Trowser.
ADDED: Integrations: Shopify order import and integration portal.
ADDED: QBO Settings: Inventory Adjustment Account for handling offsets.
ADDED: Grid Reports: Summary row on integer columns.
UPDATED: Inventory Search: An item can be quickly edited from inventory search by hovering over the grid row and clicking on the edit icon in the Item Number cell.
Release Date 11/19/2015
API: 0.1.1.155.0
Auth: 0.1.86.0
Web: 0.1.95
FIXED: Inventory Search: Item Quantity drawer is now displayed through links in the grid found in certain columns (Allocated, Available, Backordered, Onhand).
FIXED: Vendor: Contact: Shipping Method saves properly.
FIXED: Entry Grids: Asynchronous tabbing on line entry will no longer freeze when there are no valid items in the search results.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Discount Percent column is editable.
ADDED: Grids: Export To Excel button on grids.
ADDED: Adjustment Entry: Non-editable qty grid cells are now a link that opens up a qty drawer.
ADDED: Adjustment Entry: Lines with invalid fulfillment quantities will appear red.
Release Date 11/09/2015
API: 0.1.146.0
Auth: 0.1.80.0
Web: 0.1.87
ADDED: Inventory Transaction Entry: Warehouses are now defaulted on Inventory Transaction Entry.
ADDED: Inventory Search: Now has a warehouse drop down to do inventory by warehouse lookups.
ADDED: Inventory Transaction Entry, Sales Document Entry, Purchase Order Entry, and Purchase Receipt Entry: Now have additional look-ups on SKU and UPC when searching (this was added for ease-of-use with scanning capabilities).
UPDATED: Integration: More data is now imported on initial import from QBO.
Release Date 11/06/2015
API: 0.1.145.0
Auth: 0.1.80.0
Web: 0.1.87
FIXED: Customer Card: Editing customer will no longer lock you out of the app.
FIXED: Company Selection: Clicking a company now gives immediate feedback. Is feedback the correct word here?
FIXED: Company Selection: Switching a company will now properly refresh the current page.
FIXED: Sales Document/Purchase Order/Inventory Adjustment/Purchase Receipt Entry: Transactions with greater than 10 line items will now sort correctly on sequence.
FIXED: Lookup Editors: Lookups no longer show inactive items.
FIXED: Purchase Order Entry: Totals once again calculate correctly.
ADDED: Company Selection: QBO Portal: SalesPad Cloud can now be disconnected from Apps.com using the QBO Portal (accessible from the Company Selection screen).
ADDED: Setup: Account Class setup is now available. Account Classes are used to categorize accounts in the system.
ADDED: Item Class Setup: Account Class can now be added to Item Class.
ADDED: Inactive Session: Open ID (via ‘Sign In With Intuit’) users will now be shown their Open ID upon getting an invalid session message due to timeout or forced disconnect.
ADDED: Recent Pages: A history tracker- has been added- to the top navigation bar that shows all recently opened pages in your company.
ADDED: Sales Document Entry: Taxable is *now *a default column on sales line items.
ADDED: Address Editors: Tax Code to the address drawer on sales documents and customers.
UPDATED: Edit Drawers: Inactive switching on entities is now supported by using ‘Set Inactive’/‘Set Active’ buttons directly on edit drawers.
UPDATED: Grids: Grid scrolling fixed when the autofilter row was disabled.
UPDATED: Print & Email Actions: The Printing and Emailing screen has been overhauled. It now has a modern UI.
UPDATED: Text and Number editors: Editors will now insert their values directly into the grid, and reset the value if the save fails.
UPDATED: General: The date-picker editor is now cross-browser compatible and has an updated look and feel.
Release Date 10/23/2015
API: 0.1.124.1
Auth: 0.1.67.0
Web: 0.1.79
FIXED: Group header effective date display in pricing tab on item card.
FIXED: Inventory Transaction Line reports can once again be designed.
ADDED: Scrolling over integration icons in Company Selection now has preview text.
ADDED: FBA Fee Consolidation into QBO.
ADDED: Sales Document Workflow Conditions can now filter for shipping and billing city, state, and zip.
Release Date 10/09/2015
API: 0.1.103.0
Auth: 0.1.54.0
Web: 0.1.58
ADDED: 'All Text Capitalized' setting under 'Company Settings' that will adjust entry across the application to all upper case. Note: this setting doesn't apply, it's simply a placeholder.
UPDATED: Autocomplete Inputs: Input fields will no longer trigger a second click immediately after the first one.
Release Date 10/08/2015
API: 0.1.101.0
Auth: 0.1.53.0
Web: 0.1.57
ADDED: Customer Class Setup under Setup.
ADDED: Support for Internet Explorer 10.
ADDED: Item Class Setup under Setup.
ADDED: Customer Class Setup under Setup.
ADDED: Interaction Type Setup under Setup.
ADDED: Opportunity Type Setup under Setup.
ADDED: Opportunity Status Setup under Setup.
ADDED: Prospect Class Setup under Setup.
ADDED: Prospect Source Setup under Setup.
ADDED: Vendor Class Setup under Setup.
ADDED: Sales Person Setup under Setup.
ADDED: Sales Territory Setup under Setup.
ADDED: Workflow conditions for Purchase Receipts and Inventory Transactions.
ADDED: A cogwheel menu button that houses 'Settings', 'Setup', 'Workflow', and 'Price List'.
ADDED: Tab captions now display the first three letters of the active company's name if a user has multiple company connections.
ADDED: Workflow Batch Forward: Search screens with a workflow now have batch-forwarding buttons to send them forwards in the workflow.
UPDATED: UofM Schedule can now be changed on Item Masters that don't have inventory in the system.
UPDATED: Each card will return to its search view regardless of how the card was entered (i.e. through the search grid or copy+paste url).
UPDATED: Inventory drawer on Inventory Search now combines bins with different inventory prices.
UPDATED: Price Level Setup screen allows percentage adjustments and additional Item Prices on existing Price Levels.
UPDATED: Sales Document Entry layouts now contain all relevant information based on Sales Document Type.
SalesPad Support
Comments